elfnn-ia64.c revision 1.1.1.11 1 1.1 christos /* IA-64 support for 64-bit ELF
2 1.1.1.11 christos Copyright (C) 1998-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1 christos Contributed by David Mosberger-Tang <davidm (at) hpl.hp.com>
4 1.1 christos
5 1.1 christos This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 1.1 christos
7 1.1 christos This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 1.1 christos it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 1.1 christos the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 1.1 christos (at your option) any later version.
11 1.1 christos
12 1.1 christos This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 1.1 christos but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 1.1 christos MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 1.1 christos GNU General Public License for more details.
16 1.1 christos
17 1.1 christos You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 1.1 christos along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 1.1 christos Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 1.1 christos MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21 1.1 christos
22 1.1 christos #include "sysdep.h"
23 1.1 christos #include "bfd.h"
24 1.1 christos #include "libbfd.h"
25 1.1 christos #include "elf-bfd.h"
26 1.1 christos #include "opcode/ia64.h"
27 1.1 christos #include "elf/ia64.h"
28 1.1 christos #include "objalloc.h"
29 1.1 christos #include "hashtab.h"
30 1.1 christos #include "elfxx-ia64.h"
31 1.1 christos
32 1.1 christos #define ARCH_SIZE NN
33 1.1 christos
34 1.1 christos #if ARCH_SIZE == 64
35 1.1 christos #define LOG_SECTION_ALIGN 3
36 1.1 christos #endif
37 1.1 christos
38 1.1 christos #if ARCH_SIZE == 32
39 1.1 christos #define LOG_SECTION_ALIGN 2
40 1.1 christos #endif
41 1.1 christos
42 1.1.1.7 christos #define is_ia64_elf(bfd) \
43 1.1.1.7 christos (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
44 1.1.1.7 christos && elf_object_id (bfd) == IA64_ELF_DATA)
45 1.1.1.7 christos
46 1.1 christos typedef struct bfd_hash_entry *(*new_hash_entry_func)
47 1.1 christos (struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *);
48 1.1 christos
49 1.1 christos /* In dynamically (linker-) created sections, we generally need to keep track
50 1.1 christos of the place a symbol or expression got allocated to. This is done via hash
51 1.1 christos tables that store entries of the following type. */
52 1.1 christos
53 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info
54 1.1 christos {
55 1.1 christos /* The addend for which this entry is relevant. */
56 1.1 christos bfd_vma addend;
57 1.1 christos
58 1.1 christos bfd_vma got_offset;
59 1.1 christos bfd_vma fptr_offset;
60 1.1 christos bfd_vma pltoff_offset;
61 1.1 christos bfd_vma plt_offset;
62 1.1 christos bfd_vma plt2_offset;
63 1.1 christos bfd_vma tprel_offset;
64 1.1 christos bfd_vma dtpmod_offset;
65 1.1 christos bfd_vma dtprel_offset;
66 1.1 christos
67 1.1 christos /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
68 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
69 1.1 christos
70 1.1 christos /* Used to count non-got, non-plt relocations for delayed sizing
71 1.1 christos of relocation sections. */
72 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_reloc_entry
73 1.1 christos {
74 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_reloc_entry *next;
75 1.1 christos asection *srel;
76 1.1 christos int type;
77 1.1 christos int count;
78 1.1 christos
79 1.1 christos /* Is this reloc against readonly section? */
80 1.1.1.8 christos bool reltext;
81 1.1 christos } *reloc_entries;
82 1.1 christos
83 1.1 christos /* TRUE when the section contents have been updated. */
84 1.1 christos unsigned got_done : 1;
85 1.1 christos unsigned fptr_done : 1;
86 1.1 christos unsigned pltoff_done : 1;
87 1.1 christos unsigned tprel_done : 1;
88 1.1 christos unsigned dtpmod_done : 1;
89 1.1 christos unsigned dtprel_done : 1;
90 1.1 christos
91 1.1 christos /* TRUE for the different kinds of linker data we want created. */
92 1.1 christos unsigned want_got : 1;
93 1.1 christos unsigned want_gotx : 1;
94 1.1 christos unsigned want_fptr : 1;
95 1.1 christos unsigned want_ltoff_fptr : 1;
96 1.1 christos unsigned want_plt : 1;
97 1.1 christos unsigned want_plt2 : 1;
98 1.1 christos unsigned want_pltoff : 1;
99 1.1 christos unsigned want_tprel : 1;
100 1.1 christos unsigned want_dtpmod : 1;
101 1.1 christos unsigned want_dtprel : 1;
102 1.1 christos };
103 1.1 christos
104 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry
105 1.1 christos {
106 1.1 christos int id;
107 1.1 christos unsigned int r_sym;
108 1.1 christos /* The number of elements in elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
109 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
110 1.1 christos /* The number of sorted elements in elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
111 1.1 christos unsigned int sorted_count;
112 1.1 christos /* The size of elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
113 1.1 christos unsigned int size;
114 1.1 christos /* The array of elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info. */
115 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *info;
116 1.1 christos
117 1.1 christos /* TRUE if this hash entry's addends was translated for
118 1.1 christos SHF_MERGE optimization. */
119 1.1 christos unsigned sec_merge_done : 1;
120 1.1 christos };
121 1.1 christos
122 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry
123 1.1 christos {
124 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
125 1.1 christos /* The number of elements in elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
126 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
127 1.1 christos /* The number of sorted elements in elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
128 1.1 christos unsigned int sorted_count;
129 1.1 christos /* The size of elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
130 1.1 christos unsigned int size;
131 1.1 christos /* The array of elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info. */
132 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *info;
133 1.1 christos };
134 1.1 christos
135 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table
136 1.1 christos {
137 1.1 christos /* The main hash table. */
138 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_table root;
139 1.1 christos
140 1.1 christos asection *fptr_sec; /* Function descriptor table (or NULL). */
141 1.1 christos asection *rel_fptr_sec; /* Dynamic relocation section for same. */
142 1.1 christos asection *pltoff_sec; /* Private descriptors for plt (or NULL). */
143 1.1 christos asection *rel_pltoff_sec; /* Dynamic relocation section for same. */
144 1.1 christos
145 1.1 christos bfd_size_type minplt_entries; /* Number of minplt entries. */
146 1.1 christos unsigned self_dtpmod_done : 1;/* Has self DTPMOD entry been finished? */
147 1.1 christos bfd_vma self_dtpmod_offset; /* .got offset to self DTPMOD entry. */
148 1.1 christos /* There are maybe R_IA64_GPREL22 relocations, including those
149 1.1 christos optimized from R_IA64_LTOFF22X, against non-SHF_IA_64_SHORT
150 1.1 christos sections. We need to record those sections so that we can choose
151 1.1 christos a proper GP to cover all R_IA64_GPREL22 relocations. */
152 1.1 christos asection *max_short_sec; /* Maximum short output section. */
153 1.1 christos bfd_vma max_short_offset; /* Maximum short offset. */
154 1.1 christos asection *min_short_sec; /* Minimum short output section. */
155 1.1 christos bfd_vma min_short_offset; /* Minimum short offset. */
156 1.1 christos
157 1.1 christos htab_t loc_hash_table;
158 1.1 christos void *loc_hash_memory;
159 1.1 christos };
160 1.1 christos
161 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data
162 1.1 christos {
163 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info;
164 1.1 christos bfd_size_type ofs;
165 1.1.1.8 christos bool only_got;
166 1.1 christos };
167 1.1 christos
168 1.1 christos #define elfNN_ia64_hash_table(p) \
169 1.1.1.7 christos ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
170 1.1.1.7 christos && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == IA64_ELF_DATA) \
171 1.1.1.7 christos ? (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
172 1.1 christos
173 1.1 christos static struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info * get_dyn_sym_info
174 1.1 christos (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info,
175 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
176 1.1.1.8 christos bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, bool create);
177 1.1.1.8 christos static bool elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p
178 1.1 christos (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct bfd_link_info *info, int);
179 1.1.1.8 christos static bool elfNN_ia64_choose_gp
180 1.1.1.8 christos (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bool final);
181 1.1 christos static void elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse
182 1.1 christos (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info,
183 1.1.1.8 christos bool (*func) (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *, void *),
184 1.1 christos void * info);
185 1.1.1.8 christos static bool allocate_global_data_got
186 1.1 christos (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i, void * data);
187 1.1.1.8 christos static bool allocate_global_fptr_got
188 1.1 christos (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i, void * data);
189 1.1.1.8 christos static bool allocate_local_got
190 1.1 christos (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i, void * data);
191 1.1.1.8 christos static bool elfNN_ia64_hpux_vec
192 1.1 christos (const bfd_target *vec);
193 1.1.1.8 christos static bool allocate_dynrel_entries
194 1.1 christos (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i, void * data);
195 1.1 christos static asection *get_pltoff
196 1.1 christos (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
197 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info);
198 1.1 christos
199 1.1 christos /* ia64-specific relocation. */
201 1.1 christos
202 1.1 christos /* Given a ELF reloc, return the matching HOWTO structure. */
203 1.1.1.8 christos
204 1.1 christos static bool
205 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
206 1.1 christos arelent *bfd_reloc,
207 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *elf_reloc)
208 1.1.1.6 christos {
209 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_reloc->r_info);
210 1.1.1.6 christos
211 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_reloc->howto = ia64_elf_lookup_howto (r_type);
212 1.1.1.6 christos if (bfd_reloc->howto == NULL)
213 1.1.1.6 christos {
214 1.1.1.6 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
215 1.1.1.6 christos _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
216 1.1.1.6 christos abfd, r_type);
217 1.1.1.8 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
218 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
219 1.1.1.6 christos }
220 1.1.1.8 christos
221 1.1 christos return true;
222 1.1 christos }
223 1.1 christos
224 1.1 christos #define PLT_HEADER_SIZE (3 * 16)
226 1.1 christos #define PLT_MIN_ENTRY_SIZE (1 * 16)
227 1.1 christos #define PLT_FULL_ENTRY_SIZE (2 * 16)
228 1.1 christos #define PLT_RESERVED_WORDS 3
229 1.1 christos
230 1.1.1.6 christos static const bfd_byte plt_header[PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
231 1.1.1.6 christos {
232 1.1.1.6 christos 0x0b, 0x10, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x21, /* [MMI] mov r2=r14;; */
233 1.1.1.6 christos 0xe0, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x48, 0x00, /* addl r14=0,r2 */
234 1.1.1.6 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, /* nop.i 0x0;; */
235 1.1.1.6 christos 0x0b, 0x80, 0x20, 0x1c, 0x18, 0x14, /* [MMI] ld8 r16=[r14],8;; */
236 1.1.1.6 christos 0x10, 0x41, 0x38, 0x30, 0x28, 0x00, /* ld8 r17=[r14],8 */
237 1.1.1.6 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, /* nop.i 0x0;; */
238 1.1.1.6 christos 0x11, 0x08, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x18, 0x10, /* [MIB] ld8 r1=[r14] */
239 1.1 christos 0x60, 0x88, 0x04, 0x80, 0x03, 0x00, /* mov b6=r17 */
240 1.1 christos 0x60, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00 /* br.few b6;; */
241 1.1 christos };
242 1.1 christos
243 1.1.1.6 christos static const bfd_byte plt_min_entry[PLT_MIN_ENTRY_SIZE] =
244 1.1.1.6 christos {
245 1.1.1.6 christos 0x11, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, /* [MIB] mov r15=0 */
246 1.1 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, /* nop.i 0x0 */
247 1.1 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40 /* br.few 0 <PLT0>;; */
248 1.1 christos };
249 1.1 christos
250 1.1.1.6 christos static const bfd_byte plt_full_entry[PLT_FULL_ENTRY_SIZE] =
251 1.1.1.6 christos {
252 1.1.1.6 christos 0x0b, 0x78, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x24, /* [MMI] addl r15=0,r1;; */
253 1.1.1.6 christos 0x00, 0x41, 0x3c, 0x70, 0x29, 0xc0, /* ld8.acq r16=[r15],8*/
254 1.1.1.6 christos 0x01, 0x08, 0x00, 0x84, /* mov r14=r1;; */
255 1.1.1.6 christos 0x11, 0x08, 0x00, 0x1e, 0x18, 0x10, /* [MIB] ld8 r1=[r15] */
256 1.1 christos 0x60, 0x80, 0x04, 0x80, 0x03, 0x00, /* mov b6=r16 */
257 1.1 christos 0x60, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00 /* br.few b6;; */
258 1.1 christos };
259 1.1 christos
260 1.1 christos #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
261 1.1 christos
262 1.1.1.6 christos static const bfd_byte oor_brl[16] =
263 1.1.1.6 christos {
264 1.1 christos 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, /* [MLX] nop.m 0 */
265 1.1 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* brl.sptk.few tgt;; */
266 1.1 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0
267 1.1 christos };
268 1.1 christos
269 1.1.1.6 christos static const bfd_byte oor_ip[48] =
270 1.1.1.6 christos {
271 1.1 christos 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, /* [MLX] nop.m 0 */
272 1.1.1.6 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, /* movl r15=0 */
273 1.1.1.6 christos 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60,
274 1.1.1.6 christos 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, /* [MII] nop.m 0 */
275 1.1.1.6 christos 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00, /* mov r16=ip;; */
276 1.1.1.6 christos 0xf2, 0x80, 0x00, 0x80, /* add r16=r15,r16;; */
277 1.1.1.6 christos 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, /* [MIB] nop.m 0 */
278 1.1 christos 0x60, 0x80, 0x04, 0x80, 0x03, 0x00, /* mov b6=r16 */
279 1.1 christos 0x60, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00 /* br b6;; */
280 1.1 christos };
281 1.1 christos
282 1.1 christos static size_t oor_branch_size = sizeof (oor_brl);
283 1.1 christos
284 1.1 christos void
285 1.1 christos bfd_elfNN_ia64_after_parse (int itanium)
286 1.1 christos {
287 1.1 christos oor_branch_size = itanium ? sizeof (oor_ip) : sizeof (oor_brl);
288 1.1 christos }
289 1.1 christos
290 1.1 christos
292 1.1 christos /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
293 1.1 christos are used here. */
294 1.1 christos #define skip_relax_pass_0 sec_flg0
295 1.1 christos #define skip_relax_pass_1 sec_flg1
296 1.1 christos
297 1.1 christos /* These functions do relaxation for IA-64 ELF. */
298 1.1 christos
299 1.1 christos static void
300 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_update_short_info (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset,
301 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info)
302 1.1 christos {
303 1.1 christos /* Skip ABS and SHF_IA_64_SHORT sections. */
304 1.1 christos if (sec == bfd_abs_section_ptr
305 1.1 christos || (sec->flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0)
306 1.1 christos return;
307 1.1 christos
308 1.1 christos if (!ia64_info->min_short_sec)
309 1.1 christos {
310 1.1 christos ia64_info->max_short_sec = sec;
311 1.1 christos ia64_info->max_short_offset = offset;
312 1.1 christos ia64_info->min_short_sec = sec;
313 1.1 christos ia64_info->min_short_offset = offset;
314 1.1 christos }
315 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->max_short_sec
316 1.1 christos && offset > ia64_info->max_short_offset)
317 1.1 christos ia64_info->max_short_offset = offset;
318 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->min_short_sec
319 1.1 christos && offset < ia64_info->min_short_offset)
320 1.1 christos ia64_info->min_short_offset = offset;
321 1.1 christos else if (sec->output_section->vma
322 1.1 christos > ia64_info->max_short_sec->vma)
323 1.1 christos {
324 1.1 christos ia64_info->max_short_sec = sec;
325 1.1 christos ia64_info->max_short_offset = offset;
326 1.1 christos }
327 1.1 christos else if (sec->output_section->vma
328 1.1 christos < ia64_info->min_short_sec->vma)
329 1.1 christos {
330 1.1 christos ia64_info->min_short_sec = sec;
331 1.1 christos ia64_info->min_short_offset = offset;
332 1.1.1.8 christos }
333 1.1 christos }
334 1.1 christos
335 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
336 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
337 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
338 1.1 christos bool *again)
339 1.1 christos {
340 1.1 christos struct one_fixup
341 1.1 christos {
342 1.1 christos struct one_fixup *next;
343 1.1 christos asection *tsec;
344 1.1 christos bfd_vma toff;
345 1.1 christos bfd_vma trampoff;
346 1.1 christos };
347 1.1 christos
348 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
349 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
350 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
351 1.1 christos bfd_byte *contents;
352 1.1.1.8 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
353 1.1.1.8 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
354 1.1.1.8 christos struct one_fixup *fixups = NULL;
355 1.1.1.8 christos bool changed_contents = false;
356 1.1.1.8 christos bool changed_relocs = false;
357 1.1 christos bool changed_got = false;
358 1.1 christos bool skip_relax_pass_0 = true;
359 1.1 christos bool skip_relax_pass_1 = true;
360 1.1 christos bfd_vma gp = 0;
361 1.1.1.8 christos
362 1.1 christos /* Assume we're not going to change any sizes, and we'll only need
363 1.1.1.4 christos one pass. */
364 1.1.1.11 christos *again = false;
365 1.1.1.11 christos
366 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info))
367 1.1 christos link_info->callbacks->fatal
368 1.1 christos (_("%P: --relax and -r may not be used together\n"));
369 1.1.1.8 christos
370 1.1 christos /* Don't even try to relax for non-ELF outputs. */
371 1.1 christos if (!is_elf_hash_table (link_info->hash))
372 1.1 christos return false;
373 1.1.1.9 christos
374 1.1.1.9 christos /* Nothing to do if there are no relocations or there is no need for
375 1.1.1.9 christos the current pass. */
376 1.1 christos if (sec->reloc_count == 0
377 1.1 christos || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
378 1.1.1.8 christos || (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
379 1.1 christos || (link_info->relax_pass == 0 && sec->skip_relax_pass_0)
380 1.1 christos || (link_info->relax_pass == 1 && sec->skip_relax_pass_1))
381 1.1 christos return true;
382 1.1.1.8 christos
383 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (link_info);
384 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
385 1.1 christos return false;
386 1.1 christos
387 1.1 christos symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
388 1.1 christos
389 1.1 christos /* Load the relocations for this section. */
390 1.1 christos internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
391 1.1.1.8 christos (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
392 1.1 christos link_info->keep_memory));
393 1.1 christos if (internal_relocs == NULL)
394 1.1 christos return false;
395 1.1 christos
396 1.1 christos irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
397 1.1 christos
398 1.1 christos /* Get the section contents. */
399 1.1 christos if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
400 1.1 christos contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
401 1.1 christos else
402 1.1 christos {
403 1.1 christos if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
404 1.1 christos goto error_return;
405 1.1 christos }
406 1.1 christos
407 1.1 christos for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
408 1.1 christos {
409 1.1 christos unsigned long r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
410 1.1 christos bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr, trampoff, toff, roff;
411 1.1.1.8 christos asection *tsec;
412 1.1 christos struct one_fixup *f;
413 1.1 christos bfd_size_type amt;
414 1.1 christos bool is_branch;
415 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
416 1.1 christos char symtype;
417 1.1 christos
418 1.1 christos switch (r_type)
419 1.1 christos {
420 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21B:
421 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21BI:
422 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21M:
423 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21F:
424 1.1.1.8 christos /* In pass 1, all br relaxations are done. We can skip it. */
425 1.1.1.8 christos if (link_info->relax_pass == 1)
426 1.1 christos continue;
427 1.1 christos skip_relax_pass_0 = false;
428 1.1 christos is_branch = true;
429 1.1 christos break;
430 1.1 christos
431 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL60B:
432 1.1 christos /* We can't optimize brl to br in pass 0 since br relaxations
433 1.1.1.8 christos will increase the code size. Defer it to pass 1. */
434 1.1 christos if (link_info->relax_pass == 0)
435 1.1 christos {
436 1.1.1.8 christos skip_relax_pass_1 = false;
437 1.1 christos continue;
438 1.1 christos }
439 1.1 christos is_branch = true;
440 1.1 christos break;
441 1.1 christos
442 1.1 christos case R_IA64_GPREL22:
443 1.1 christos /* Update max_short_sec/min_short_sec. */
444 1.1 christos
445 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22X:
446 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LDXMOV:
447 1.1 christos /* We can't relax ldx/mov in pass 0 since br relaxations will
448 1.1.1.8 christos increase the code size. Defer it to pass 1. */
449 1.1 christos if (link_info->relax_pass == 0)
450 1.1 christos {
451 1.1.1.8 christos skip_relax_pass_1 = false;
452 1.1 christos continue;
453 1.1 christos }
454 1.1 christos is_branch = false;
455 1.1 christos break;
456 1.1 christos
457 1.1 christos default:
458 1.1 christos continue;
459 1.1 christos }
460 1.1 christos
461 1.1 christos /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
462 1.1 christos if (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
463 1.1 christos {
464 1.1 christos /* A local symbol. */
465 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
466 1.1 christos
467 1.1 christos /* Read this BFD's local symbols. */
468 1.1 christos if (isymbuf == NULL)
469 1.1 christos {
470 1.1 christos isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
471 1.1 christos if (isymbuf == NULL)
472 1.1 christos isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
473 1.1 christos symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
474 1.1 christos NULL, NULL, NULL);
475 1.1 christos if (isymbuf == 0)
476 1.1 christos goto error_return;
477 1.1 christos }
478 1.1 christos
479 1.1 christos isym = isymbuf + ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
480 1.1 christos if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
481 1.1 christos continue; /* We can't do anything with undefined symbols. */
482 1.1 christos else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
483 1.1 christos tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
484 1.1 christos else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
485 1.1 christos tsec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
486 1.1 christos else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_IA_64_ANSI_COMMON)
487 1.1 christos tsec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
488 1.1 christos else
489 1.1.1.8 christos tsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
490 1.1 christos
491 1.1 christos toff = isym->st_value;
492 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, NULL, abfd, irel, false);
493 1.1 christos symtype = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
494 1.1 christos }
495 1.1 christos else
496 1.1 christos {
497 1.1 christos unsigned long indx;
498 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
499 1.1 christos
500 1.1 christos indx = ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
501 1.1 christos h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
502 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
503 1.1 christos
504 1.1 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
505 1.1.1.8 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
506 1.1 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
507 1.1 christos
508 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, abfd, irel, false);
509 1.1 christos
510 1.1 christos /* For branches to dynamic symbols, we're interested instead
511 1.1 christos in a branch to the PLT entry. */
512 1.1 christos if (is_branch && dyn_i && dyn_i->want_plt2)
513 1.1 christos {
514 1.1 christos /* Internal branches shouldn't be sent to the PLT.
515 1.1 christos Leave this for now and we'll give an error later. */
516 1.1 christos if (r_type != R_IA64_PCREL21B)
517 1.1 christos continue;
518 1.1 christos
519 1.1 christos tsec = ia64_info->root.splt;
520 1.1 christos toff = dyn_i->plt2_offset;
521 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (irel->r_addend == 0);
522 1.1 christos }
523 1.1 christos
524 1.1 christos /* Can't do anything else with dynamic symbols. */
525 1.1 christos else if (elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (h, link_info, r_type))
526 1.1 christos continue;
527 1.1 christos
528 1.1 christos else
529 1.1 christos {
530 1.1 christos /* We can't do anything with undefined symbols. */
531 1.1 christos if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
532 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
533 1.1 christos continue;
534 1.1 christos
535 1.1 christos tsec = h->root.u.def.section;
536 1.1 christos toff = h->root.u.def.value;
537 1.1 christos }
538 1.1 christos
539 1.1 christos symtype = h->type;
540 1.1 christos }
541 1.1 christos
542 1.1 christos if (tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
543 1.1 christos {
544 1.1 christos /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
545 1.1 christos adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
546 1.1 christos passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
547 1.1 christos relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
548 1.1 christos section symbols have been adjusted.)
549 1.1 christos
550 1.1 christos gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
551 1.1 christos sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
552 1.1 christos the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
553 1.1 christos a section symbol we should include the addend in the
554 1.1 christos offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
555 1.1 christos location of interest is the original symbol. On the
556 1.1 christos other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
557 1.1 christos a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
558 1.1 christos access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
559 1.1 christos location of interest is just "sym". */
560 1.1 christos if (symtype == STT_SECTION)
561 1.1 christos toff += irel->r_addend;
562 1.1 christos
563 1.1 christos toff = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
564 1.1 christos elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
565 1.1 christos toff);
566 1.1 christos
567 1.1 christos if (symtype != STT_SECTION)
568 1.1 christos toff += irel->r_addend;
569 1.1 christos }
570 1.1 christos else
571 1.1 christos toff += irel->r_addend;
572 1.1 christos
573 1.1 christos symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
574 1.1 christos
575 1.1 christos roff = irel->r_offset;
576 1.1 christos
577 1.1 christos if (is_branch)
578 1.1 christos {
579 1.1 christos bfd_signed_vma offset;
580 1.1 christos
581 1.1 christos reladdr = (sec->output_section->vma
582 1.1 christos + sec->output_offset
583 1.1 christos + roff) & (bfd_vma) -4;
584 1.1 christos
585 1.1 christos /* The .plt section is aligned at 32byte and the .text section
586 1.1 christos is aligned at 64byte. The .text section is right after the
587 1.1 christos .plt section. After the first relaxation pass, linker may
588 1.1 christos increase the gap between the .plt and .text sections up
589 1.1 christos to 32byte. We assume linker will always insert 32byte
590 1.1 christos between the .plt and .text sections after the first
591 1.1 christos relaxation pass. */
592 1.1 christos if (tsec == ia64_info->root.splt)
593 1.1 christos offset = -0x1000000 + 32;
594 1.1 christos else
595 1.1 christos offset = -0x1000000;
596 1.1 christos
597 1.1 christos /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
598 1.1 christos if ((bfd_signed_vma) (symaddr - reladdr) >= offset
599 1.1 christos && (bfd_signed_vma) (symaddr - reladdr) <= 0x0FFFFF0)
600 1.1 christos {
601 1.1 christos /* If the 60-bit branch is in 21-bit range, optimize it. */
602 1.1 christos if (r_type == R_IA64_PCREL60B)
603 1.1 christos {
604 1.1 christos ia64_elf_relax_brl (contents, roff);
605 1.1 christos
606 1.1 christos irel->r_info
607 1.1 christos = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
608 1.1 christos R_IA64_PCREL21B);
609 1.1 christos
610 1.1 christos /* If the original relocation offset points to slot
611 1.1.1.6 christos 1, change it to slot 2. */
612 1.1.1.8 christos if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 1)
613 1.1.1.8 christos irel->r_offset += 1;
614 1.1 christos
615 1.1 christos changed_contents = true;
616 1.1 christos changed_relocs = true;
617 1.1 christos }
618 1.1 christos
619 1.1 christos continue;
620 1.1 christos }
621 1.1 christos else if (r_type == R_IA64_PCREL60B)
622 1.1 christos continue;
623 1.1 christos else if (ia64_elf_relax_br (contents, roff))
624 1.1 christos {
625 1.1 christos irel->r_info
626 1.1 christos = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
627 1.1 christos R_IA64_PCREL60B);
628 1.1.1.6 christos
629 1.1.1.8 christos /* Make the relocation offset point to slot 1. */
630 1.1.1.8 christos irel->r_offset = (irel->r_offset & ~((bfd_vma) 0x3)) + 1;
631 1.1 christos
632 1.1 christos changed_contents = true;
633 1.1 christos changed_relocs = true;
634 1.1 christos continue;
635 1.1 christos }
636 1.1 christos
637 1.1 christos /* We can't put a trampoline in a .init/.fini section. Issue
638 1.1 christos an error. */
639 1.1.1.5 christos if (strcmp (sec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
640 1.1.1.5 christos || strcmp (sec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0)
641 1.1.1.6 christos {
642 1.1.1.6 christos _bfd_error_handler
643 1.1.1.6 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
644 1.1 christos (_("%pB: can't relax br at %#" PRIx64 " in section `%pA';"
645 1.1 christos " please use brl or indirect branch"),
646 1.1 christos sec->owner, (uint64_t) roff, sec);
647 1.1 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
648 1.1 christos goto error_return;
649 1.1 christos }
650 1.1 christos
651 1.1 christos /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you've
652 1.1 christos got one honking big section and we can't help you unless
653 1.1 christos you are branching backwards. You'll get an error message
654 1.1 christos later. */
655 1.1 christos if (tsec == sec && toff > roff)
656 1.1 christos continue;
657 1.1 christos
658 1.1 christos /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
659 1.1 christos for (f = fixups; f ; f = f->next)
660 1.1 christos if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
661 1.1 christos break;
662 1.1 christos
663 1.1 christos if (f == NULL)
664 1.1 christos {
665 1.1 christos /* Two alternatives: If it's a branch to a PLT entry, we can
666 1.1 christos make a copy of the FULL_PLT entry. Otherwise, we'll have
667 1.1 christos to use a `brl' insn to get where we're going. */
668 1.1 christos
669 1.1 christos size_t size;
670 1.1 christos
671 1.1 christos if (tsec == ia64_info->root.splt)
672 1.1 christos size = sizeof (plt_full_entry);
673 1.1 christos else
674 1.1 christos size = oor_branch_size;
675 1.1 christos
676 1.1 christos /* Resize the current section to make room for the new branch. */
677 1.1 christos trampoff = (sec->size + 15) & (bfd_vma) -16;
678 1.1 christos
679 1.1 christos /* If trampoline is out of range, there is nothing we
680 1.1 christos can do. */
681 1.1 christos offset = trampoff - (roff & (bfd_vma) -4);
682 1.1 christos if (offset < -0x1000000 || offset > 0x0FFFFF0)
683 1.1 christos continue;
684 1.1 christos
685 1.1 christos amt = trampoff + size;
686 1.1 christos contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_realloc (contents, amt);
687 1.1 christos if (contents == NULL)
688 1.1 christos goto error_return;
689 1.1 christos sec->size = amt;
690 1.1 christos
691 1.1 christos if (tsec == ia64_info->root.splt)
692 1.1 christos {
693 1.1 christos memcpy (contents + trampoff, plt_full_entry, size);
694 1.1 christos
695 1.1 christos /* Hijack the old relocation for use as the PLTOFF reloc. */
696 1.1 christos irel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
697 1.1 christos R_IA64_PLTOFF22);
698 1.1 christos irel->r_offset = trampoff;
699 1.1 christos }
700 1.1 christos else
701 1.1 christos {
702 1.1 christos if (size == sizeof (oor_ip))
703 1.1 christos {
704 1.1 christos memcpy (contents + trampoff, oor_ip, size);
705 1.1 christos irel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
706 1.1 christos R_IA64_PCREL64I);
707 1.1 christos irel->r_addend -= 16;
708 1.1 christos irel->r_offset = trampoff + 2;
709 1.1 christos }
710 1.1 christos else
711 1.1 christos {
712 1.1 christos memcpy (contents + trampoff, oor_brl, size);
713 1.1 christos irel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
714 1.1 christos R_IA64_PCREL60B);
715 1.1 christos irel->r_offset = trampoff + 2;
716 1.1 christos }
717 1.1 christos
718 1.1 christos }
719 1.1 christos
720 1.1 christos /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
721 1.1 christos f = (struct one_fixup *)
722 1.1 christos bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) sizeof (*f));
723 1.1 christos f->next = fixups;
724 1.1 christos f->tsec = tsec;
725 1.1 christos f->toff = toff;
726 1.1 christos f->trampoff = trampoff;
727 1.1 christos fixups = f;
728 1.1 christos }
729 1.1 christos else
730 1.1 christos {
731 1.1 christos /* If trampoline is out of range, there is nothing we
732 1.1 christos can do. */
733 1.1 christos offset = f->trampoff - (roff & (bfd_vma) -4);
734 1.1 christos if (offset < -0x1000000 || offset > 0x0FFFFF0)
735 1.1 christos continue;
736 1.1 christos
737 1.1 christos /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
738 1.1 christos irel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_IA64_NONE);
739 1.1 christos }
740 1.1 christos
741 1.1 christos /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
742 1.1 christos if (ia64_elf_install_value (contents + roff, offset, r_type)
743 1.1.1.8 christos != bfd_reloc_ok)
744 1.1.1.8 christos goto error_return;
745 1.1 christos
746 1.1 christos changed_contents = true;
747 1.1 christos changed_relocs = true;
748 1.1 christos }
749 1.1 christos else
750 1.1 christos {
751 1.1 christos /* Fetch the gp. */
752 1.1 christos if (gp == 0)
753 1.1 christos {
754 1.1 christos bfd *obfd = sec->output_section->owner;
755 1.1.1.8 christos gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (obfd);
756 1.1 christos if (gp == 0)
757 1.1 christos {
758 1.1 christos if (!elfNN_ia64_choose_gp (obfd, link_info, false))
759 1.1 christos goto error_return;
760 1.1 christos gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (obfd);
761 1.1 christos }
762 1.1 christos }
763 1.1 christos
764 1.1 christos /* If the data is out of range, do nothing. */
765 1.1 christos if ((bfd_signed_vma) (symaddr - gp) >= 0x200000
766 1.1 christos ||(bfd_signed_vma) (symaddr - gp) < -0x200000)
767 1.1 christos continue;
768 1.1 christos
769 1.1 christos if (r_type == R_IA64_GPREL22)
770 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_update_short_info (tsec->output_section,
771 1.1 christos tsec->output_offset + toff,
772 1.1 christos ia64_info);
773 1.1 christos else if (r_type == R_IA64_LTOFF22X)
774 1.1.1.8 christos {
775 1.1 christos irel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (ELFNN_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
776 1.1 christos R_IA64_GPREL22);
777 1.1 christos changed_relocs = true;
778 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_gotx)
779 1.1 christos {
780 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_gotx = 0;
781 1.1 christos changed_got |= !dyn_i->want_got;
782 1.1 christos }
783 1.1 christos
784 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_update_short_info (tsec->output_section,
785 1.1 christos tsec->output_offset + toff,
786 1.1 christos ia64_info);
787 1.1 christos }
788 1.1 christos else
789 1.1.1.8 christos {
790 1.1.1.8 christos ia64_elf_relax_ldxmov (contents, roff);
791 1.1 christos irel->r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_IA64_NONE);
792 1.1 christos changed_contents = true;
793 1.1 christos changed_relocs = true;
794 1.1 christos }
795 1.1 christos }
796 1.1 christos }
797 1.1 christos
798 1.1 christos /* ??? If we created fixups, this may push the code segment large
799 1.1 christos enough that the data segment moves, which will change the GP.
800 1.1 christos Reset the GP so that we re-calculate next round. We need to
801 1.1 christos do this at the _beginning_ of the next round; now will not do. */
802 1.1 christos
803 1.1 christos /* Clean up and go home. */
804 1.1 christos while (fixups)
805 1.1 christos {
806 1.1 christos struct one_fixup *f = fixups;
807 1.1 christos fixups = fixups->next;
808 1.1 christos free (f);
809 1.1 christos }
810 1.1 christos
811 1.1 christos if (isymbuf != NULL
812 1.1 christos && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
813 1.1 christos {
814 1.1 christos if (! link_info->keep_memory)
815 1.1 christos free (isymbuf);
816 1.1 christos else
817 1.1 christos {
818 1.1 christos /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
819 1.1 christos symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
820 1.1 christos }
821 1.1 christos }
822 1.1 christos
823 1.1 christos if (contents != NULL
824 1.1 christos && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
825 1.1 christos {
826 1.1 christos if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
827 1.1 christos free (contents);
828 1.1 christos else
829 1.1 christos {
830 1.1 christos /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
831 1.1 christos elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
832 1.1 christos }
833 1.1 christos }
834 1.1 christos
835 1.1 christos if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
836 1.1 christos {
837 1.1 christos if (!changed_relocs)
838 1.1 christos free (internal_relocs);
839 1.1 christos else
840 1.1 christos elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
841 1.1 christos }
842 1.1 christos
843 1.1 christos if (changed_got)
844 1.1 christos {
845 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data data;
846 1.1 christos data.info = link_info;
847 1.1 christos data.ofs = 0;
848 1.1 christos ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
849 1.1 christos
850 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_global_data_got, &data);
851 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_global_fptr_got, &data);
852 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_local_got, &data);
853 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.sgot->size = data.ofs;
854 1.1 christos
855 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created
856 1.1 christos && ia64_info->root.srelgot != NULL)
857 1.1.1.4 christos {
858 1.1 christos /* Resize .rela.got. */
859 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size = 0;
860 1.1.1.8 christos if (bfd_link_pic (link_info)
861 1.1 christos && ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
862 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
863 1.1 christos data.only_got = true;
864 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_dynrel_entries,
865 1.1 christos &data);
866 1.1 christos }
867 1.1 christos }
868 1.1 christos
869 1.1 christos if (link_info->relax_pass == 0)
870 1.1 christos {
871 1.1 christos /* Pass 0 is only needed to relax br. */
872 1.1 christos sec->skip_relax_pass_0 = skip_relax_pass_0;
873 1.1 christos sec->skip_relax_pass_1 = skip_relax_pass_1;
874 1.1.1.8 christos }
875 1.1 christos
876 1.1 christos *again = changed_contents || changed_relocs;
877 1.1.1.7 christos return true;
878 1.1 christos
879 1.1.1.7 christos error_return:
880 1.1 christos if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
881 1.1.1.7 christos free (isymbuf);
882 1.1 christos if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
883 1.1.1.8 christos free (contents);
884 1.1 christos if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
885 1.1 christos free (internal_relocs);
886 1.1 christos return false;
887 1.1 christos }
888 1.1 christos #undef skip_relax_pass_0
889 1.1 christos #undef skip_relax_pass_1
890 1.1.1.8 christos
891 1.1 christos /* Return TRUE if NAME is an unwind table section name. */
893 1.1 christos
894 1.1 christos static inline bool
895 1.1.1.8 christos is_unwind_section_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
896 1.1 christos {
897 1.1.1.8 christos if (elfNN_ia64_hpux_vec (abfd->xvec)
898 1.1.1.8 christos && !strcmp (name, ELF_STRING_ia64_unwind_hdr))
899 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
900 1.1 christos
901 1.1 christos return ((startswith (name, ELF_STRING_ia64_unwind)
902 1.1 christos && ! startswith (name, ELF_STRING_ia64_unwind_info))
903 1.1 christos || startswith (name, ELF_STRING_ia64_unwind_once));
904 1.1 christos }
905 1.1 christos
906 1.1.1.8 christos /* Handle an IA-64 specific section when reading an object file. This
907 1.1 christos is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
908 1.1 christos type. */
909 1.1 christos
910 1.1 christos static bool
911 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
912 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
913 1.1 christos const char *name,
914 1.1 christos int shindex)
915 1.1 christos {
916 1.1 christos /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
917 1.1 christos at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
918 1.1 christos sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
919 1.1 christos suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
920 1.1 christos probably get away with this. */
921 1.1 christos switch (hdr->sh_type)
922 1.1 christos {
923 1.1 christos case SHT_IA_64_UNWIND:
924 1.1 christos case SHT_IA_64_HP_OPT_ANOT:
925 1.1.1.8 christos break;
926 1.1 christos
927 1.1 christos case SHT_IA_64_EXT:
928 1.1 christos if (strcmp (name, ELF_STRING_ia64_archext) != 0)
929 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
930 1.1 christos break;
931 1.1 christos
932 1.1 christos default:
933 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
934 1.1 christos }
935 1.1.1.8 christos
936 1.1 christos if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
937 1.1 christos return false;
938 1.1 christos
939 1.1 christos return true;
940 1.1 christos }
941 1.1 christos
942 1.1 christos /* Convert IA-64 specific section flags to bfd internal section flags. */
943 1.1.1.8 christos
944 1.1.1.7 christos /* ??? There is no bfd internal flag equivalent to the SHF_IA_64_NORECOV
945 1.1 christos flag. */
946 1.1 christos
947 1.1.1.7 christos static bool
948 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
949 1.1.1.8 christos {
950 1.1 christos if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_IA_64_SHORT)
951 1.1 christos hdr->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
952 1.1 christos
953 1.1 christos return true;
954 1.1 christos }
955 1.1.1.8 christos
956 1.1 christos /* Set the correct type for an IA-64 ELF section. We do this by the
957 1.1 christos section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. */
958 1.1 christos
959 1.1 christos static bool
960 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
961 1.1.1.7 christos asection *sec)
962 1.1 christos {
963 1.1 christos const char *name;
964 1.1 christos
965 1.1 christos name = bfd_section_name (sec);
966 1.1 christos
967 1.1 christos if (is_unwind_section_name (abfd, name))
968 1.1 christos {
969 1.1 christos /* We don't have the sections numbered at this point, so sh_info
970 1.1 christos is set later, in elfNN_ia64_final_write_processing. */
971 1.1 christos hdr->sh_type = SHT_IA_64_UNWIND;
972 1.1 christos hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
973 1.1 christos }
974 1.1 christos else if (strcmp (name, ELF_STRING_ia64_archext) == 0)
975 1.1 christos hdr->sh_type = SHT_IA_64_EXT;
976 1.1 christos else if (strcmp (name, ".HP.opt_annot") == 0)
977 1.1 christos hdr->sh_type = SHT_IA_64_HP_OPT_ANOT;
978 1.1 christos else if (strcmp (name, ".reloc") == 0)
979 1.1 christos /* This is an ugly, but unfortunately necessary hack that is
980 1.1 christos needed when producing EFI binaries on IA-64. It tells
981 1.1 christos elf.c:elf_fake_sections() not to consider ".reloc" as a section
982 1.1 christos containing ELF relocation info. We need this hack in order to
983 1.1 christos be able to generate ELF binaries that can be translated into
984 1.1 christos EFI applications (which are essentially COFF objects). Those
985 1.1 christos files contain a COFF ".reloc" section inside an ELFNN object,
986 1.1 christos which would normally cause BFD to segfault because it would
987 1.1 christos attempt to interpret this section as containing relocation
988 1.1 christos entries for section "oc". With this hack enabled, ".reloc"
989 1.1 christos will be treated as a normal data section, which will avoid the
990 1.1 christos segfault. However, you won't be able to create an ELFNN binary
991 1.1 christos with a section named "oc" that needs relocations, but that's
992 1.1 christos the kind of ugly side-effects you get when detecting section
993 1.1 christos types based on their names... In practice, this limitation is
994 1.1 christos unlikely to bite. */
995 1.1 christos hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
996 1.1 christos
997 1.1 christos if (sec->flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
998 1.1 christos hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_IA_64_SHORT;
999 1.1 christos
1000 1.1 christos /* Some HP linkers look for the SHF_IA_64_HP_TLS flag instead of SHF_TLS. */
1001 1.1.1.8 christos
1002 1.1 christos if (elfNN_ia64_hpux_vec (abfd->xvec) && (sec->flags & SHF_TLS))
1003 1.1 christos hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_IA_64_HP_TLS;
1004 1.1 christos
1005 1.1 christos return true;
1006 1.1 christos }
1007 1.1.1.8 christos
1008 1.1.1.7 christos /* The final processing done just before writing out an IA-64 ELF
1009 1.1 christos object file. */
1010 1.1 christos
1011 1.1 christos static bool
1012 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1013 1.1 christos {
1014 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1015 1.1 christos asection *s;
1016 1.1 christos
1017 1.1 christos for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
1018 1.1 christos {
1019 1.1 christos hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
1020 1.1 christos switch (hdr->sh_type)
1021 1.1 christos {
1022 1.1 christos case SHT_IA_64_UNWIND:
1023 1.1 christos /* The IA-64 processor-specific ABI requires setting sh_link
1024 1.1 christos to the unwind section, whereas HP-UX requires sh_info to
1025 1.1 christos do so. For maximum compatibility, we'll set both for
1026 1.1 christos now... */
1027 1.1 christos hdr->sh_info = hdr->sh_link;
1028 1.1 christos break;
1029 1.1 christos }
1030 1.1 christos }
1031 1.1 christos
1032 1.1 christos if (! elf_flags_init (abfd))
1033 1.1 christos {
1034 1.1 christos unsigned long flags = 0;
1035 1.1 christos
1036 1.1 christos if (abfd->xvec->byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
1037 1.1 christos flags |= EF_IA_64_BE;
1038 1.1.1.8 christos if (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == bfd_mach_ia64_elf64)
1039 1.1 christos flags |= EF_IA_64_ABI64;
1040 1.1.1.7 christos
1041 1.1 christos elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1042 1.1 christos elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
1043 1.1 christos }
1044 1.1 christos return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1045 1.1 christos }
1046 1.1.1.8 christos
1047 1.1 christos /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
1048 1.1 christos file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
1049 1.1 christos
1050 1.1 christos static bool
1051 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
1052 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
1053 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
1054 1.1 christos const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1055 1.1 christos flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1056 1.1.1.4 christos asection **secp,
1057 1.1 christos bfd_vma *valp)
1058 1.1 christos {
1059 1.1 christos if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
1060 1.1 christos && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
1061 1.1 christos && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
1062 1.1 christos {
1063 1.1 christos /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are
1064 1.1 christos automatically put into .sbss. */
1065 1.1 christos
1066 1.1 christos asection *scomm = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".scommon");
1067 1.1 christos
1068 1.1 christos if (scomm == NULL)
1069 1.1.1.7 christos {
1070 1.1 christos scomm = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".scommon",
1071 1.1 christos (SEC_ALLOC
1072 1.1.1.8 christos | SEC_IS_COMMON
1073 1.1 christos | SEC_SMALL_DATA
1074 1.1 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
1075 1.1 christos if (scomm == NULL)
1076 1.1 christos return false;
1077 1.1 christos }
1078 1.1 christos
1079 1.1.1.8 christos *secp = scomm;
1080 1.1 christos *valp = sym->st_size;
1081 1.1 christos }
1082 1.1 christos
1083 1.1 christos return true;
1084 1.1 christos }
1085 1.1 christos
1086 1.1 christos /* Return the number of additional phdrs we will need. */
1087 1.1 christos
1088 1.1 christos static int
1089 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1090 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1091 1.1 christos {
1092 1.1 christos asection *s;
1093 1.1 christos int ret = 0;
1094 1.1 christos
1095 1.1 christos /* See if we need a PT_IA_64_ARCHEXT segment. */
1096 1.1 christos s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ELF_STRING_ia64_archext);
1097 1.1 christos if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
1098 1.1 christos ++ret;
1099 1.1 christos
1100 1.1 christos /* Count how many PT_IA_64_UNWIND segments we need. */
1101 1.1 christos for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
1102 1.1 christos if (is_unwind_section_name (abfd, s->name) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
1103 1.1 christos ++ret;
1104 1.1.1.8 christos
1105 1.1 christos return ret;
1106 1.1 christos }
1107 1.1 christos
1108 1.1 christos static bool
1109 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1110 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1111 1.1 christos {
1112 1.1 christos struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
1113 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1114 1.1 christos asection *s;
1115 1.1 christos
1116 1.1 christos /* If we need a PT_IA_64_ARCHEXT segment, it must come before
1117 1.1 christos all PT_LOAD segments. */
1118 1.1 christos s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ELF_STRING_ia64_archext);
1119 1.1 christos if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
1120 1.1 christos {
1121 1.1 christos for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1122 1.1 christos if (m->p_type == PT_IA_64_ARCHEXT)
1123 1.1 christos break;
1124 1.1 christos if (m == NULL)
1125 1.1.1.8 christos {
1126 1.1 christos m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
1127 1.1 christos bfd_zalloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *m));
1128 1.1 christos if (m == NULL)
1129 1.1 christos return false;
1130 1.1 christos
1131 1.1 christos m->p_type = PT_IA_64_ARCHEXT;
1132 1.1 christos m->count = 1;
1133 1.1 christos m->sections[0] = s;
1134 1.1 christos
1135 1.1 christos /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
1136 1.1 christos pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
1137 1.1 christos while (*pm != NULL
1138 1.1 christos && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
1139 1.1 christos || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
1140 1.1 christos pm = &(*pm)->next;
1141 1.1 christos
1142 1.1 christos m->next = *pm;
1143 1.1 christos *pm = m;
1144 1.1 christos }
1145 1.1 christos }
1146 1.1 christos
1147 1.1 christos /* Install PT_IA_64_UNWIND segments, if needed. */
1148 1.1 christos for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
1149 1.1 christos {
1150 1.1 christos hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
1151 1.1 christos if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_IA_64_UNWIND)
1152 1.1 christos continue;
1153 1.1 christos
1154 1.1 christos if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
1155 1.1 christos {
1156 1.1 christos for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1157 1.1 christos if (m->p_type == PT_IA_64_UNWIND)
1158 1.1 christos {
1159 1.1 christos int i;
1160 1.1 christos
1161 1.1 christos /* Look through all sections in the unwind segment
1162 1.1 christos for a match since there may be multiple sections
1163 1.1 christos to a segment. */
1164 1.1 christos for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; --i)
1165 1.1 christos if (m->sections[i] == s)
1166 1.1 christos break;
1167 1.1 christos
1168 1.1 christos if (i >= 0)
1169 1.1 christos break;
1170 1.1 christos }
1171 1.1 christos
1172 1.1 christos if (m == NULL)
1173 1.1.1.8 christos {
1174 1.1 christos m = ((struct elf_segment_map *)
1175 1.1 christos bfd_zalloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *m));
1176 1.1 christos if (m == NULL)
1177 1.1 christos return false;
1178 1.1 christos
1179 1.1 christos m->p_type = PT_IA_64_UNWIND;
1180 1.1 christos m->count = 1;
1181 1.1 christos m->sections[0] = s;
1182 1.1 christos m->next = NULL;
1183 1.1 christos
1184 1.1 christos /* We want to put it last. */
1185 1.1 christos pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
1186 1.1 christos while (*pm != NULL)
1187 1.1 christos pm = &(*pm)->next;
1188 1.1 christos *pm = m;
1189 1.1.1.8 christos }
1190 1.1 christos }
1191 1.1 christos }
1192 1.1 christos
1193 1.1 christos return true;
1194 1.1 christos }
1195 1.1 christos
1196 1.1.1.8 christos /* Turn on PF_IA_64_NORECOV if needed. This involves traversing all of
1197 1.1.1.7 christos the input sections for each output section in the segment and testing
1198 1.1 christos for SHF_IA_64_NORECOV on each. */
1199 1.1 christos
1200 1.1 christos static bool
1201 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_modify_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1202 1.1 christos {
1203 1.1 christos struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
1204 1.1 christos struct elf_segment_map *m;
1205 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1206 1.1 christos
1207 1.1 christos for (p = tdata->phdr, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
1208 1.1 christos if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD)
1209 1.1 christos {
1210 1.1 christos int i;
1211 1.1 christos for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; --i)
1212 1.1 christos {
1213 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_order *order = m->sections[i]->map_head.link_order;
1214 1.1 christos
1215 1.1 christos while (order != NULL)
1216 1.1 christos {
1217 1.1 christos if (order->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
1218 1.1 christos {
1219 1.1 christos asection *is = order->u.indirect.section;
1220 1.1 christos bfd_vma flags = elf_section_data(is)->this_hdr.sh_flags;
1221 1.1 christos if (flags & SHF_IA_64_NORECOV)
1222 1.1 christos {
1223 1.1 christos p->p_flags |= PF_IA_64_NORECOV;
1224 1.1 christos goto found;
1225 1.1 christos }
1226 1.1 christos }
1227 1.1 christos order = order->next;
1228 1.1 christos }
1229 1.1.1.7 christos }
1230 1.1 christos found:;
1231 1.1 christos }
1232 1.1 christos
1233 1.1 christos return _bfd_elf_modify_headers (abfd, info);
1234 1.1 christos }
1235 1.1.1.8 christos
1236 1.1 christos /* According to the Tahoe assembler spec, all labels starting with a
1237 1.1 christos '.' are local. */
1238 1.1 christos
1239 1.1 christos static bool
1240 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1241 1.1 christos const char *name)
1242 1.1 christos {
1243 1.1 christos return name[0] == '.';
1244 1.1.1.8 christos }
1245 1.1 christos
1246 1.1 christos /* Should we do dynamic things to this symbol? */
1247 1.1 christos
1248 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
1249 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1250 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type)
1251 1.1 christos {
1252 1.1 christos bool ignore_protected
1253 1.1 christos = ((r_type & 0xf8) == 0x40 /* FPTR relocs */
1254 1.1 christos || (r_type & 0xf8) == 0x50); /* LTOFF_FPTR relocs */
1255 1.1 christos
1256 1.1 christos return _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h, info, ignore_protected);
1257 1.1 christos }
1258 1.1 christos
1259 1.1 christos static struct bfd_hash_entry*
1261 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_new_elf_hash_entry (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1262 1.1 christos struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1263 1.1 christos const char *string)
1264 1.1 christos {
1265 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *ret;
1266 1.1 christos ret = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1267 1.1 christos
1268 1.1 christos /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1269 1.1 christos subclass. */
1270 1.1 christos if (!ret)
1271 1.1 christos ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (*ret));
1272 1.1 christos
1273 1.1 christos if (!ret)
1274 1.1 christos return 0;
1275 1.1 christos
1276 1.1 christos /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1277 1.1 christos ret = ((struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *)
1278 1.1 christos _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1279 1.1 christos table, string));
1280 1.1 christos
1281 1.1 christos ret->info = NULL;
1282 1.1 christos ret->count = 0;
1283 1.1 christos ret->sorted_count = 0;
1284 1.1 christos ret->size = 0;
1285 1.1 christos return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1286 1.1 christos }
1287 1.1 christos
1288 1.1 christos static void
1289 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1290 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *xdir,
1291 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *xind)
1292 1.1 christos {
1293 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind;
1294 1.1 christos
1295 1.1 christos dir = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *) xdir;
1296 1.1.1.5 christos ind = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *) xind;
1297 1.1.1.5 christos
1298 1.1 christos /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1299 1.1 christos symbol which just became indirect. */
1300 1.1 christos
1301 1.1 christos if (dir->root.versioned != versioned_hidden)
1302 1.1 christos dir->root.ref_dynamic |= ind->root.ref_dynamic;
1303 1.1 christos dir->root.ref_regular |= ind->root.ref_regular;
1304 1.1 christos dir->root.ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->root.ref_regular_nonweak;
1305 1.1 christos dir->root.needs_plt |= ind->root.needs_plt;
1306 1.1 christos
1307 1.1 christos if (ind->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1308 1.1 christos return;
1309 1.1 christos
1310 1.1 christos /* Copy over the got and plt data. This would have been done
1311 1.1 christos by check_relocs. */
1312 1.1 christos
1313 1.1.1.7 christos if (ind->info != NULL)
1314 1.1 christos {
1315 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
1316 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
1317 1.1 christos
1318 1.1 christos free (dir->info);
1319 1.1 christos
1320 1.1 christos dir->info = ind->info;
1321 1.1 christos dir->count = ind->count;
1322 1.1 christos dir->sorted_count = ind->sorted_count;
1323 1.1 christos dir->size = ind->size;
1324 1.1 christos
1325 1.1 christos ind->info = NULL;
1326 1.1 christos ind->count = 0;
1327 1.1 christos ind->sorted_count = 0;
1328 1.1 christos ind->size = 0;
1329 1.1 christos
1330 1.1 christos /* Fix up the dyn_sym_info pointers to the global symbol. */
1331 1.1 christos for (count = dir->count, dyn_i = dir->info;
1332 1.1 christos count != 0;
1333 1.1 christos count--, dyn_i++)
1334 1.1 christos dyn_i->h = &dir->root;
1335 1.1 christos }
1336 1.1 christos
1337 1.1 christos /* Copy over the dynindx. */
1338 1.1 christos
1339 1.1 christos if (ind->root.dynindx != -1)
1340 1.1 christos {
1341 1.1 christos if (dir->root.dynindx != -1)
1342 1.1 christos _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
1343 1.1 christos dir->root.dynstr_index);
1344 1.1 christos dir->root.dynindx = ind->root.dynindx;
1345 1.1 christos dir->root.dynstr_index = ind->root.dynstr_index;
1346 1.1 christos ind->root.dynindx = -1;
1347 1.1 christos ind->root.dynstr_index = 0;
1348 1.1 christos }
1349 1.1.1.8 christos }
1350 1.1 christos
1351 1.1 christos static void
1352 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1353 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *xh,
1354 1.1 christos bool force_local)
1355 1.1 christos {
1356 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *h;
1357 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
1358 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
1359 1.1 christos
1360 1.1 christos h = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *)xh;
1361 1.1 christos
1362 1.1 christos _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
1363 1.1 christos
1364 1.1 christos for (count = h->count, dyn_i = h->info;
1365 1.1 christos count != 0;
1366 1.1 christos count--, dyn_i++)
1367 1.1 christos {
1368 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_plt2 = 0;
1369 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_plt = 0;
1370 1.1 christos }
1371 1.1 christos }
1372 1.1 christos
1373 1.1 christos /* Compute a hash of a local hash entry. */
1374 1.1 christos
1375 1.1 christos static hashval_t
1376 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr)
1377 1.1 christos {
1378 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *entry
1379 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *) ptr;
1380 1.1 christos
1381 1.1 christos return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (entry->id, entry->r_sym);
1382 1.1 christos }
1383 1.1 christos
1384 1.1 christos /* Compare local hash entries. */
1385 1.1 christos
1386 1.1 christos static int
1387 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
1388 1.1 christos {
1389 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *entry1
1390 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *) ptr1;
1391 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *entry2
1392 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *) ptr2;
1393 1.1 christos
1394 1.1.1.8 christos return entry1->id == entry2->id && entry1->r_sym == entry2->r_sym;
1395 1.1.1.8 christos }
1396 1.1.1.8 christos
1397 1.1 christos /* Free the global elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
1398 1.1 christos
1399 1.1 christos static bool
1400 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_global_dyn_info_free (struct elf_link_hash_entry *xentry,
1401 1.1.1.7 christos void *unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1402 1.1.1.7 christos {
1403 1.1.1.7 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *entry
1404 1.1.1.7 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *) xentry;
1405 1.1.1.7 christos
1406 1.1 christos free (entry->info);
1407 1.1.1.8 christos entry->info = NULL;
1408 1.1 christos entry->count = 0;
1409 1.1 christos entry->sorted_count = 0;
1410 1.1 christos entry->size = 0;
1411 1.1 christos
1412 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
1413 1.1 christos }
1414 1.1 christos
1415 1.1 christos /* Free the local elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
1416 1.1 christos
1417 1.1 christos static int
1418 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_local_dyn_info_free (void **slot,
1419 1.1.1.7 christos void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1420 1.1.1.7 christos {
1421 1.1.1.7 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *entry
1422 1.1.1.7 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *) *slot;
1423 1.1.1.7 christos
1424 1.1 christos free (entry->info);
1425 1.1.1.8 christos entry->info = NULL;
1426 1.1 christos entry->count = 0;
1427 1.1 christos entry->sorted_count = 0;
1428 1.1 christos entry->size = 0;
1429 1.1 christos
1430 1.1 christos return true;
1431 1.1.1.3 christos }
1432 1.1 christos
1433 1.1 christos /* Destroy IA-64 linker hash table. */
1434 1.1.1.3 christos
1435 1.1 christos static void
1436 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
1437 1.1 christos {
1438 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info
1439 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
1440 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->loc_hash_table)
1441 1.1 christos {
1442 1.1 christos htab_traverse (ia64_info->loc_hash_table,
1443 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_local_dyn_info_free, NULL);
1444 1.1 christos htab_delete (ia64_info->loc_hash_table);
1445 1.1.1.3 christos }
1446 1.1.1.3 christos if (ia64_info->loc_hash_memory)
1447 1.1.1.3 christos objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) ia64_info->loc_hash_memory);
1448 1.1.1.3 christos elf_link_hash_traverse (&ia64_info->root,
1449 1.1.1.3 christos elfNN_ia64_global_dyn_info_free, NULL);
1450 1.1.1.3 christos _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
1451 1.1.1.3 christos }
1452 1.1.1.3 christos
1453 1.1.1.3 christos /* Create the derived linker hash table. The IA-64 ELF port uses this
1454 1.1.1.3 christos derived hash table to keep information specific to the IA-64 ElF
1455 1.1.1.3 christos linker (without using static variables). */
1456 1.1.1.3 christos
1457 1.1.1.3 christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
1458 1.1.1.3 christos elfNN_ia64_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
1459 1.1.1.3 christos {
1460 1.1.1.3 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ret;
1461 1.1.1.3 christos
1462 1.1.1.3 christos ret = bfd_zmalloc ((bfd_size_type) sizeof (*ret));
1463 1.1.1.10 christos if (!ret)
1464 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
1465 1.1.1.3 christos
1466 1.1.1.3 christos if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
1467 1.1.1.3 christos elfNN_ia64_new_elf_hash_entry,
1468 1.1.1.3 christos sizeof (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry)))
1469 1.1.1.3 christos {
1470 1.1.1.3 christos free (ret);
1471 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
1472 1.1.1.3 christos }
1473 1.1.1.3 christos
1474 1.1.1.3 christos ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024, elfNN_ia64_local_htab_hash,
1475 1.1.1.3 christos elfNN_ia64_local_htab_eq, NULL);
1476 1.1.1.3 christos ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create ();
1477 1.1.1.3 christos if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory)
1478 1.1.1.8 christos {
1479 1.1.1.3 christos elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table_free (abfd);
1480 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
1481 1.1 christos }
1482 1.1 christos ret->root.root.hash_table_free = elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table_free;
1483 1.1 christos ret->root.dt_pltgot_required = true;
1484 1.1 christos
1485 1.1 christos return &ret->root.root;
1486 1.1 christos }
1487 1.1.1.8 christos
1488 1.1 christos /* Traverse both local and global hash tables. */
1489 1.1 christos
1490 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse_data
1491 1.1.1.8 christos {
1492 1.1.1.8 christos bool (*func) (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *, void *);
1493 1.1 christos void * data;
1494 1.1 christos };
1495 1.1 christos
1496 1.1 christos static bool
1497 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_global_dyn_sym_thunk (struct elf_link_hash_entry *xentry,
1498 1.1 christos void * xdata)
1499 1.1 christos {
1500 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *entry
1501 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *) xentry;
1502 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse_data *data
1503 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse_data *) xdata;
1504 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
1505 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
1506 1.1.1.8 christos
1507 1.1.1.8 christos for (count = entry->count, dyn_i = entry->info;
1508 1.1 christos count != 0;
1509 1.1 christos count--, dyn_i++)
1510 1.1.1.8 christos if (! (*data->func) (dyn_i, data->data))
1511 1.1 christos return false;
1512 1.1 christos return true;
1513 1.1 christos }
1514 1.1 christos
1515 1.1 christos static int
1516 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_local_dyn_sym_thunk (void **slot, void * xdata)
1517 1.1 christos {
1518 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *entry
1519 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *) *slot;
1520 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse_data *data
1521 1.1 christos = (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse_data *) xdata;
1522 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
1523 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
1524 1.1.1.8 christos
1525 1.1.1.8 christos for (count = entry->count, dyn_i = entry->info;
1526 1.1 christos count != 0;
1527 1.1 christos count--, dyn_i++)
1528 1.1 christos if (! (*data->func) (dyn_i, data->data))
1529 1.1 christos return false;
1530 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
1531 1.1.1.8 christos }
1532 1.1 christos
1533 1.1 christos static void
1534 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info,
1535 1.1 christos bool (*func) (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *,
1536 1.1 christos void *),
1537 1.1 christos void * data)
1538 1.1 christos {
1539 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse_data xdata;
1540 1.1 christos
1541 1.1 christos xdata.func = func;
1542 1.1 christos xdata.data = data;
1543 1.1 christos
1544 1.1 christos elf_link_hash_traverse (&ia64_info->root,
1545 1.1.1.8 christos elfNN_ia64_global_dyn_sym_thunk, &xdata);
1546 1.1 christos htab_traverse (ia64_info->loc_hash_table,
1547 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_local_dyn_sym_thunk, &xdata);
1548 1.1 christos }
1549 1.1 christos
1550 1.1 christos static bool
1552 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd,
1553 1.1.1.8 christos struct bfd_link_info *info)
1554 1.1 christos {
1555 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
1556 1.1 christos asection *s;
1557 1.1.1.8 christos
1558 1.1 christos if (! _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
1559 1.1 christos return false;
1560 1.1.1.7 christos
1561 1.1.1.7 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
1562 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
1563 1.1.1.7 christos return false;
1564 1.1.1.8 christos
1565 1.1 christos {
1566 1.1 christos flagword flags = bfd_section_flags (ia64_info->root.sgot);
1567 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_flags (ia64_info->root.sgot, SEC_SMALL_DATA | flags);
1568 1.1.1.8 christos /* The .got section is always aligned at 8 bytes. */
1569 1.1 christos if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (ia64_info->root.sgot, 3))
1570 1.1 christos return false;
1571 1.1 christos }
1572 1.1 christos
1573 1.1 christos if (!get_pltoff (abfd, info, ia64_info))
1574 1.1 christos return false;
1575 1.1 christos
1576 1.1 christos s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.IA_64.pltoff",
1577 1.1.1.7 christos (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1578 1.1.1.8 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
1579 1.1 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
1580 1.1 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1581 1.1.1.8 christos | SEC_READONLY));
1582 1.1 christos if (s == NULL
1583 1.1 christos || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, LOG_SECTION_ALIGN))
1584 1.1 christos return false;
1585 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec = s;
1586 1.1 christos
1587 1.1 christos return true;
1588 1.1.1.8 christos }
1589 1.1 christos
1590 1.1 christos /* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol. */
1591 1.1 christos static struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *
1592 1.1 christos get_local_sym_hash (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info,
1593 1.1 christos bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
1594 1.1 christos bool create)
1595 1.1 christos {
1596 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry e, *ret;
1597 1.1 christos asection *sec = abfd->sections;
1598 1.1 christos hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id,
1599 1.1 christos ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info));
1600 1.1 christos void **slot;
1601 1.1 christos
1602 1.1 christos e.id = sec->id;
1603 1.1 christos e.r_sym = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
1604 1.1 christos slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (ia64_info->loc_hash_table, &e, h,
1605 1.1 christos create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT);
1606 1.1 christos
1607 1.1 christos if (!slot)
1608 1.1 christos return NULL;
1609 1.1 christos
1610 1.1 christos if (*slot)
1611 1.1 christos return (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *) *slot;
1612 1.1 christos
1613 1.1 christos ret = (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *)
1614 1.1 christos objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) ia64_info->loc_hash_memory,
1615 1.1 christos sizeof (struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry));
1616 1.1 christos if (ret)
1617 1.1 christos {
1618 1.1 christos memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret));
1619 1.1 christos ret->id = sec->id;
1620 1.1 christos ret->r_sym = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
1621 1.1 christos *slot = ret;
1622 1.1 christos }
1623 1.1 christos return ret;
1624 1.1 christos }
1625 1.1 christos
1626 1.1 christos /* Used to sort elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array. */
1627 1.1 christos
1628 1.1 christos static int
1629 1.1 christos addend_compare (const void *xp, const void *yp)
1630 1.1 christos {
1631 1.1 christos const struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *x
1632 1.1 christos = (const struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *) xp;
1633 1.1 christos const struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *y
1634 1.1 christos = (const struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *) yp;
1635 1.1 christos
1636 1.1 christos return x->addend < y->addend ? -1 : x->addend > y->addend ? 1 : 0;
1637 1.1 christos }
1638 1.1 christos
1639 1.1 christos /* Sort elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info array and remove duplicates. */
1640 1.1 christos
1641 1.1 christos static unsigned int
1642 1.1 christos sort_dyn_sym_info (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *info,
1643 1.1 christos unsigned int count)
1644 1.1 christos {
1645 1.1 christos bfd_vma curr, prev, got_offset;
1646 1.1 christos unsigned int i, kept, dupes, diff, dest, src, len;
1647 1.1 christos
1648 1.1 christos qsort (info, count, sizeof (*info), addend_compare);
1649 1.1 christos
1650 1.1 christos /* Find the first duplicate. */
1651 1.1 christos prev = info [0].addend;
1652 1.1 christos got_offset = info [0].got_offset;
1653 1.1 christos for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
1654 1.1 christos {
1655 1.1 christos curr = info [i].addend;
1656 1.1 christos if (curr == prev)
1657 1.1 christos {
1658 1.1 christos /* For duplicates, make sure that GOT_OFFSET is valid. */
1659 1.1 christos if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
1660 1.1 christos got_offset = info [i].got_offset;
1661 1.1 christos break;
1662 1.1 christos }
1663 1.1 christos got_offset = info [i].got_offset;
1664 1.1 christos prev = curr;
1665 1.1 christos }
1666 1.1 christos
1667 1.1 christos /* We may move a block of elements to here. */
1668 1.1 christos dest = i++;
1669 1.1 christos
1670 1.1 christos /* Remove duplicates. */
1671 1.1 christos if (i < count)
1672 1.1 christos {
1673 1.1 christos while (i < count)
1674 1.1 christos {
1675 1.1 christos /* For duplicates, make sure that the kept one has a valid
1676 1.1 christos got_offset. */
1677 1.1 christos kept = dest - 1;
1678 1.1 christos if (got_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
1679 1.1 christos info [kept].got_offset = got_offset;
1680 1.1 christos
1681 1.1 christos curr = info [i].addend;
1682 1.1 christos got_offset = info [i].got_offset;
1683 1.1 christos
1684 1.1 christos /* Move a block of elements whose first one is different from
1685 1.1 christos the previous. */
1686 1.1 christos if (curr == prev)
1687 1.1 christos {
1688 1.1 christos for (src = i + 1; src < count; src++)
1689 1.1 christos {
1690 1.1 christos if (info [src].addend != curr)
1691 1.1 christos break;
1692 1.1 christos /* For duplicates, make sure that GOT_OFFSET is
1693 1.1 christos valid. */
1694 1.1 christos if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
1695 1.1 christos got_offset = info [src].got_offset;
1696 1.1 christos }
1697 1.1 christos
1698 1.1 christos /* Make sure that the kept one has a valid got_offset. */
1699 1.1 christos if (got_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
1700 1.1 christos info [kept].got_offset = got_offset;
1701 1.1 christos }
1702 1.1 christos else
1703 1.1 christos src = i;
1704 1.1 christos
1705 1.1 christos if (src >= count)
1706 1.1 christos break;
1707 1.1 christos
1708 1.1 christos /* Find the next duplicate. SRC will be kept. */
1709 1.1 christos prev = info [src].addend;
1710 1.1 christos got_offset = info [src].got_offset;
1711 1.1 christos for (dupes = src + 1; dupes < count; dupes ++)
1712 1.1 christos {
1713 1.1 christos curr = info [dupes].addend;
1714 1.1 christos if (curr == prev)
1715 1.1 christos {
1716 1.1 christos /* Make sure that got_offset is valid. */
1717 1.1 christos if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
1718 1.1 christos got_offset = info [dupes].got_offset;
1719 1.1 christos
1720 1.1 christos /* For duplicates, make sure that the kept one has
1721 1.1 christos a valid got_offset. */
1722 1.1 christos if (got_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
1723 1.1 christos info [dupes - 1].got_offset = got_offset;
1724 1.1 christos break;
1725 1.1 christos }
1726 1.1 christos got_offset = info [dupes].got_offset;
1727 1.1 christos prev = curr;
1728 1.1 christos }
1729 1.1 christos
1730 1.1 christos /* How much to move. */
1731 1.1 christos len = dupes - src;
1732 1.1 christos i = dupes + 1;
1733 1.1 christos
1734 1.1 christos if (len == 1 && dupes < count)
1735 1.1 christos {
1736 1.1 christos /* If we only move 1 element, we combine it with the next
1737 1.1 christos one. There must be at least a duplicate. Find the
1738 1.1 christos next different one. */
1739 1.1 christos for (diff = dupes + 1, src++; diff < count; diff++, src++)
1740 1.1 christos {
1741 1.1 christos if (info [diff].addend != curr)
1742 1.1 christos break;
1743 1.1 christos /* Make sure that got_offset is valid. */
1744 1.1 christos if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
1745 1.1 christos got_offset = info [diff].got_offset;
1746 1.1 christos }
1747 1.1 christos
1748 1.1 christos /* Makre sure that the last duplicated one has an valid
1749 1.1 christos offset. */
1750 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (curr == prev);
1751 1.1 christos if (got_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
1752 1.1 christos info [diff - 1].got_offset = got_offset;
1753 1.1 christos
1754 1.1 christos if (diff < count)
1755 1.1 christos {
1756 1.1 christos /* Find the next duplicate. Track the current valid
1757 1.1 christos offset. */
1758 1.1 christos prev = info [diff].addend;
1759 1.1 christos got_offset = info [diff].got_offset;
1760 1.1 christos for (dupes = diff + 1; dupes < count; dupes ++)
1761 1.1 christos {
1762 1.1 christos curr = info [dupes].addend;
1763 1.1 christos if (curr == prev)
1764 1.1 christos {
1765 1.1 christos /* For duplicates, make sure that GOT_OFFSET
1766 1.1 christos is valid. */
1767 1.1 christos if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
1768 1.1 christos got_offset = info [dupes].got_offset;
1769 1.1 christos break;
1770 1.1 christos }
1771 1.1 christos got_offset = info [dupes].got_offset;
1772 1.1 christos prev = curr;
1773 1.1 christos diff++;
1774 1.1 christos }
1775 1.1 christos
1776 1.1 christos len = diff - src + 1;
1777 1.1 christos i = diff + 1;
1778 1.1 christos }
1779 1.1 christos }
1780 1.1 christos
1781 1.1 christos memmove (&info [dest], &info [src], len * sizeof (*info));
1782 1.1 christos
1783 1.1 christos dest += len;
1784 1.1 christos }
1785 1.1 christos
1786 1.1 christos count = dest;
1787 1.1 christos }
1788 1.1 christos else
1789 1.1 christos {
1790 1.1 christos /* When we get here, either there is no duplicate at all or
1791 1.1 christos the only duplicate is the last element. */
1792 1.1 christos if (dest < count)
1793 1.1 christos {
1794 1.1 christos /* If the last element is a duplicate, make sure that the
1795 1.1 christos kept one has a valid got_offset. We also update count. */
1796 1.1 christos if (got_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
1797 1.1 christos info [dest - 1].got_offset = got_offset;
1798 1.1 christos count = dest;
1799 1.1 christos }
1800 1.1 christos }
1801 1.1 christos
1802 1.1 christos return count;
1803 1.1 christos }
1804 1.1 christos
1805 1.1 christos /* Find and/or create a descriptor for dynamic symbol info. This will
1806 1.1 christos vary based on global or local symbol, and the addend to the reloc.
1807 1.1 christos
1808 1.1 christos We don't sort when inserting. Also, we sort and eliminate
1809 1.1 christos duplicates if there is an unsorted section. Typically, this will
1810 1.1 christos only happen once, because we do all insertions before lookups. We
1811 1.1 christos then use bsearch to do a lookup. This also allows lookups to be
1812 1.1 christos fast. So we have fast insertion (O(log N) due to duplicate check),
1813 1.1 christos fast lookup (O(log N)) and one sort (O(N log N) expected time).
1814 1.1 christos Previously, all lookups were O(N) because of the use of the linked
1815 1.1 christos list and also all insertions were O(N) because of the check for
1816 1.1 christos duplicates. There are some complications here because the array
1817 1.1 christos size grows occasionally, which may add an O(N) factor, but this
1818 1.1.1.8 christos should be rare. Also, we free the excess array allocation, which
1819 1.1 christos requires a copy which is O(N), but this only happens once. */
1820 1.1 christos
1821 1.1 christos static struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *
1822 1.1 christos get_dyn_sym_info (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info,
1823 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd *abfd,
1824 1.1 christos const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, bool create)
1825 1.1 christos {
1826 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info **info_p, *info, *dyn_i, key;
1827 1.1 christos unsigned int *count_p, *sorted_count_p, *size_p;
1828 1.1 christos unsigned int count, sorted_count, size;
1829 1.1 christos bfd_vma addend = rel ? rel->r_addend : 0;
1830 1.1 christos bfd_size_type amt;
1831 1.1 christos
1832 1.1 christos if (h)
1833 1.1 christos {
1834 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *global_h;
1835 1.1 christos
1836 1.1 christos global_h = (struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_entry *) h;
1837 1.1 christos info_p = &global_h->info;
1838 1.1 christos count_p = &global_h->count;
1839 1.1 christos sorted_count_p = &global_h->sorted_count;
1840 1.1 christos size_p = &global_h->size;
1841 1.1 christos }
1842 1.1 christos else
1843 1.1 christos {
1844 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *loc_h;
1845 1.1 christos
1846 1.1 christos loc_h = get_local_sym_hash (ia64_info, abfd, rel, create);
1847 1.1 christos if (!loc_h)
1848 1.1 christos {
1849 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (!create);
1850 1.1 christos return NULL;
1851 1.1 christos }
1852 1.1 christos
1853 1.1 christos info_p = &loc_h->info;
1854 1.1 christos count_p = &loc_h->count;
1855 1.1 christos sorted_count_p = &loc_h->sorted_count;
1856 1.1 christos size_p = &loc_h->size;
1857 1.1 christos }
1858 1.1 christos
1859 1.1 christos count = *count_p;
1860 1.1.1.6 christos sorted_count = *sorted_count_p;
1861 1.1 christos size = *size_p;
1862 1.1 christos info = *info_p;
1863 1.1 christos if (create)
1864 1.1 christos {
1865 1.1 christos /* When we create the array, we don't check for duplicates,
1866 1.1 christos except in the previously sorted section if one exists, and
1867 1.1 christos against the last inserted entry. This allows insertions to
1868 1.1 christos be fast. */
1869 1.1 christos if (info)
1870 1.1 christos {
1871 1.1 christos if (sorted_count)
1872 1.1.1.7 christos {
1873 1.1 christos /* Try bsearch first on the sorted section. */
1874 1.1 christos key.addend = addend;
1875 1.1.1.7 christos dyn_i = bsearch (&key, info, sorted_count,
1876 1.1 christos sizeof (*info), addend_compare);
1877 1.1.1.7 christos if (dyn_i)
1878 1.1.1.7 christos return dyn_i;
1879 1.1.1.7 christos }
1880 1.1.1.7 christos
1881 1.1 christos if (count != 0)
1882 1.1 christos {
1883 1.1 christos /* Do a quick check for the last inserted entry. */
1884 1.1 christos dyn_i = info + count - 1;
1885 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->addend == addend)
1886 1.1 christos return dyn_i;
1887 1.1 christos }
1888 1.1 christos }
1889 1.1 christos
1890 1.1 christos if (size == 0)
1891 1.1 christos {
1892 1.1 christos /* It is the very first element. We create the array of size
1893 1.1 christos 1. */
1894 1.1 christos size = 1;
1895 1.1 christos amt = size * sizeof (*info);
1896 1.1 christos info = bfd_malloc (amt);
1897 1.1 christos }
1898 1.1 christos else if (size <= count)
1899 1.1 christos {
1900 1.1 christos /* We double the array size every time when we reach the
1901 1.1 christos size limit. */
1902 1.1 christos size += size;
1903 1.1 christos amt = size * sizeof (*info);
1904 1.1 christos info = bfd_realloc (info, amt);
1905 1.1 christos }
1906 1.1 christos else
1907 1.1 christos goto has_space;
1908 1.1.1.7 christos
1909 1.1 christos if (info == NULL)
1910 1.1 christos return NULL;
1911 1.1 christos *size_p = size;
1912 1.1 christos *info_p = info;
1913 1.1 christos
1914 1.1 christos has_space:
1915 1.1 christos /* Append the new one to the array. */
1916 1.1 christos dyn_i = info + count;
1917 1.1 christos memset (dyn_i, 0, sizeof (*dyn_i));
1918 1.1 christos dyn_i->got_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
1919 1.1 christos dyn_i->addend = addend;
1920 1.1 christos
1921 1.1 christos /* We increment count only since the new ones are unsorted and
1922 1.1 christos may have duplicate. */
1923 1.1 christos (*count_p)++;
1924 1.1 christos }
1925 1.1 christos else
1926 1.1 christos {
1927 1.1 christos /* It is a lookup without insertion. Sort array if part of the
1928 1.1 christos array isn't sorted. */
1929 1.1 christos if (count != sorted_count)
1930 1.1 christos {
1931 1.1 christos count = sort_dyn_sym_info (info, count);
1932 1.1 christos *count_p = count;
1933 1.1 christos *sorted_count_p = count;
1934 1.1.1.7 christos }
1935 1.1.1.7 christos
1936 1.1.1.7 christos /* Free unused memory. */
1937 1.1.1.7 christos if (size != count)
1938 1.1.1.7 christos {
1939 1.1.1.7 christos amt = count * sizeof (*info);
1940 1.1.1.7 christos info = bfd_realloc (info, amt);
1941 1.1.1.7 christos *size_p = count;
1942 1.1 christos if (info == NULL && count != 0)
1943 1.1 christos /* realloc should never fail since we are reducing size here,
1944 1.1.1.7 christos but if it does use the old array. */
1945 1.1.1.7 christos info = *info_p;
1946 1.1.1.7 christos else
1947 1.1.1.7 christos *info_p = info;
1948 1.1.1.7 christos }
1949 1.1.1.7 christos
1950 1.1.1.7 christos if (count == 0)
1951 1.1 christos dyn_i = NULL;
1952 1.1 christos else
1953 1.1 christos {
1954 1.1 christos key.addend = addend;
1955 1.1 christos dyn_i = bsearch (&key, info, count, sizeof (*info), addend_compare);
1956 1.1 christos }
1957 1.1 christos }
1958 1.1 christos
1959 1.1 christos return dyn_i;
1960 1.1 christos }
1961 1.1 christos
1962 1.1 christos static asection *
1963 1.1 christos get_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1964 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info)
1965 1.1 christos {
1966 1.1 christos asection *got;
1967 1.1 christos bfd *dynobj;
1968 1.1 christos
1969 1.1 christos got = ia64_info->root.sgot;
1970 1.1 christos if (!got)
1971 1.1 christos {
1972 1.1.1.2 christos flagword flags;
1973 1.1 christos
1974 1.1 christos dynobj = ia64_info->root.dynobj;
1975 1.1 christos if (!dynobj)
1976 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
1977 1.1.1.7 christos if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
1978 1.1.1.2 christos return NULL;
1979 1.1 christos
1980 1.1.1.7 christos got = ia64_info->root.sgot;
1981 1.1.1.7 christos
1982 1.1.1.2 christos /* The .got section is always aligned at 8 bytes. */
1983 1.1 christos if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (got, 3))
1984 1.1 christos return NULL;
1985 1.1 christos
1986 1.1 christos flags = bfd_section_flags (got);
1987 1.1 christos if (!bfd_set_section_flags (got, SEC_SMALL_DATA | flags))
1988 1.1 christos return NULL;
1989 1.1 christos }
1990 1.1 christos
1991 1.1 christos return got;
1992 1.1 christos }
1993 1.1 christos
1994 1.1 christos /* Create function descriptor section (.opd). This section is called .opd
1995 1.1 christos because it contains "official procedure descriptors". The "official"
1996 1.1 christos refers to the fact that these descriptors are used when taking the address
1997 1.1 christos of a procedure, thus ensuring a unique address for each procedure. */
1998 1.1 christos
1999 1.1 christos static asection *
2000 1.1 christos get_fptr (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2001 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info)
2002 1.1 christos {
2003 1.1 christos asection *fptr;
2004 1.1 christos bfd *dynobj;
2005 1.1 christos
2006 1.1 christos fptr = ia64_info->fptr_sec;
2007 1.1 christos if (!fptr)
2008 1.1 christos {
2009 1.1 christos dynobj = ia64_info->root.dynobj;
2010 1.1 christos if (!dynobj)
2011 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
2012 1.1.1.4 christos
2013 1.1.1.4 christos fptr = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".opd",
2014 1.1 christos (SEC_ALLOC
2015 1.1 christos | SEC_LOAD
2016 1.1.1.7 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2017 1.1 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2018 1.1 christos | (bfd_link_pie (info)
2019 1.1 christos ? 0 : SEC_READONLY)
2020 1.1 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2021 1.1 christos if (!fptr
2022 1.1 christos || !bfd_set_section_alignment (fptr, 4))
2023 1.1 christos {
2024 1.1.1.4 christos BFD_ASSERT (0);
2025 1.1 christos return NULL;
2026 1.1 christos }
2027 1.1 christos
2028 1.1 christos ia64_info->fptr_sec = fptr;
2029 1.1 christos
2030 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pie (info))
2031 1.1 christos {
2032 1.1 christos asection *fptr_rel;
2033 1.1 christos fptr_rel = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rela.opd",
2034 1.1.1.7 christos (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2035 1.1 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2036 1.1 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2037 1.1 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2038 1.1 christos | SEC_READONLY));
2039 1.1 christos if (fptr_rel == NULL
2040 1.1 christos || !bfd_set_section_alignment (fptr_rel, LOG_SECTION_ALIGN))
2041 1.1 christos {
2042 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (0);
2043 1.1 christos return NULL;
2044 1.1 christos }
2045 1.1 christos
2046 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec = fptr_rel;
2047 1.1 christos }
2048 1.1 christos }
2049 1.1 christos
2050 1.1 christos return fptr;
2051 1.1 christos }
2052 1.1 christos
2053 1.1 christos static asection *
2054 1.1 christos get_pltoff (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2055 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info)
2056 1.1 christos {
2057 1.1 christos asection *pltoff;
2058 1.1 christos bfd *dynobj;
2059 1.1 christos
2060 1.1 christos pltoff = ia64_info->pltoff_sec;
2061 1.1 christos if (!pltoff)
2062 1.1 christos {
2063 1.1 christos dynobj = ia64_info->root.dynobj;
2064 1.1 christos if (!dynobj)
2065 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
2066 1.1 christos
2067 1.1 christos pltoff = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2068 1.1 christos ELF_STRING_ia64_pltoff,
2069 1.1 christos (SEC_ALLOC
2070 1.1.1.7 christos | SEC_LOAD
2071 1.1 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2072 1.1 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2073 1.1 christos | SEC_SMALL_DATA
2074 1.1 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2075 1.1 christos if (!pltoff
2076 1.1 christos || !bfd_set_section_alignment (pltoff, 4))
2077 1.1 christos {
2078 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (0);
2079 1.1 christos return NULL;
2080 1.1 christos }
2081 1.1 christos
2082 1.1 christos ia64_info->pltoff_sec = pltoff;
2083 1.1 christos }
2084 1.1 christos
2085 1.1.1.8 christos return pltoff;
2086 1.1 christos }
2087 1.1 christos
2088 1.1 christos static asection *
2089 1.1 christos get_reloc_section (bfd *abfd,
2090 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info,
2091 1.1 christos asection *sec, bool create)
2092 1.1 christos {
2093 1.1 christos const char *srel_name;
2094 1.1 christos asection *srel;
2095 1.1 christos bfd *dynobj;
2096 1.1 christos
2097 1.1 christos srel_name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
2098 1.1 christos (abfd, elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx,
2099 1.1 christos _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec)->sh_name));
2100 1.1 christos if (srel_name == NULL)
2101 1.1 christos return NULL;
2102 1.1 christos
2103 1.1 christos dynobj = ia64_info->root.dynobj;
2104 1.1 christos if (!dynobj)
2105 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
2106 1.1 christos
2107 1.1 christos srel = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, srel_name);
2108 1.1 christos if (srel == NULL && create)
2109 1.1 christos {
2110 1.1 christos srel = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, srel_name,
2111 1.1.1.7 christos (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2112 1.1 christos | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2113 1.1 christos | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2114 1.1 christos | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2115 1.1 christos | SEC_READONLY));
2116 1.1 christos if (srel == NULL
2117 1.1 christos || !bfd_set_section_alignment (srel, LOG_SECTION_ALIGN))
2118 1.1.1.8 christos return NULL;
2119 1.1 christos }
2120 1.1.1.8 christos
2121 1.1 christos return srel;
2122 1.1 christos }
2123 1.1 christos
2124 1.1 christos static bool
2125 1.1 christos count_dyn_reloc (bfd *abfd, struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2126 1.1 christos asection *srel, int type, bool reltext)
2127 1.1 christos {
2128 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_reloc_entry *rent;
2129 1.1 christos
2130 1.1 christos for (rent = dyn_i->reloc_entries; rent; rent = rent->next)
2131 1.1 christos if (rent->srel == srel && rent->type == type)
2132 1.1 christos break;
2133 1.1.1.8 christos
2134 1.1 christos if (!rent)
2135 1.1 christos {
2136 1.1 christos rent = ((struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_reloc_entry *)
2137 1.1 christos bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) sizeof (*rent)));
2138 1.1 christos if (!rent)
2139 1.1 christos return false;
2140 1.1 christos
2141 1.1 christos rent->next = dyn_i->reloc_entries;
2142 1.1 christos rent->srel = srel;
2143 1.1 christos rent->type = type;
2144 1.1.1.8 christos rent->count = 0;
2145 1.1 christos dyn_i->reloc_entries = rent;
2146 1.1 christos }
2147 1.1.1.8 christos rent->reltext = reltext;
2148 1.1 christos rent->count++;
2149 1.1 christos
2150 1.1 christos return true;
2151 1.1 christos }
2152 1.1 christos
2153 1.1 christos static bool
2154 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2155 1.1 christos asection *sec,
2156 1.1 christos const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2157 1.1 christos {
2158 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
2159 1.1 christos const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
2160 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2161 1.1 christos const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2162 1.1 christos asection *got, *fptr, *srel, *pltoff;
2163 1.1 christos enum {
2164 1.1 christos NEED_GOT = 1,
2165 1.1 christos NEED_GOTX = 2,
2166 1.1 christos NEED_FPTR = 4,
2167 1.1 christos NEED_PLTOFF = 8,
2168 1.1 christos NEED_MIN_PLT = 16,
2169 1.1 christos NEED_FULL_PLT = 32,
2170 1.1 christos NEED_DYNREL = 64,
2171 1.1 christos NEED_LTOFF_FPTR = 128,
2172 1.1 christos NEED_TPREL = 256,
2173 1.1.1.8 christos NEED_DTPMOD = 512,
2174 1.1 christos NEED_DTPREL = 1024
2175 1.1.1.4 christos };
2176 1.1.1.8 christos int need_entry;
2177 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2178 1.1 christos unsigned long r_symndx;
2179 1.1 christos bool maybe_dynamic;
2180 1.1 christos
2181 1.1.1.8 christos if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2182 1.1 christos return true;
2183 1.1 christos
2184 1.1 christos symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2185 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
2186 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
2187 1.1 christos return false;
2188 1.1 christos
2189 1.1 christos got = fptr = srel = pltoff = NULL;
2190 1.1 christos
2191 1.1 christos relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2192 1.1 christos
2193 1.1 christos /* We scan relocations first to create dynamic relocation arrays. We
2194 1.1 christos modified get_dyn_sym_info to allow fast insertion and support fast
2195 1.1 christos lookup in the next loop. */
2196 1.1 christos for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
2197 1.1 christos {
2198 1.1 christos r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2199 1.1 christos if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2200 1.1 christos {
2201 1.1 christos long indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2202 1.1 christos h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
2203 1.1 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2204 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2205 1.1 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2206 1.1 christos }
2207 1.1 christos else
2208 1.1.1.4 christos h = NULL;
2209 1.1 christos
2210 1.1 christos /* We can only get preliminary data on whether a symbol is
2211 1.1 christos locally or externally defined, as not all of the input files
2212 1.1 christos have yet been processed. Do something with what we know, as
2213 1.1 christos this may help reduce memory usage and processing time later. */
2214 1.1 christos maybe_dynamic = (h && ((!bfd_link_executable (info)
2215 1.1 christos && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
2216 1.1 christos || info->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs == RM_IGNORE))
2217 1.1 christos || !h->def_regular
2218 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
2219 1.1.1.4 christos
2220 1.1 christos need_entry = 0;
2221 1.1 christos switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2222 1.1 christos {
2223 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64MSB:
2224 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64LSB:
2225 1.1.1.4 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2226 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2227 1.1 christos break;
2228 1.1 christos
2229 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_TPREL22:
2230 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_TPREL;
2231 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2232 1.1 christos info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
2233 1.1.1.4 christos break;
2234 1.1 christos
2235 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32MSB:
2236 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
2237 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64MSB:
2238 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
2239 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2240 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2241 1.1 christos break;
2242 1.1 christos
2243 1.1.1.4 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPREL22:
2244 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DTPREL;
2245 1.1 christos break;
2246 1.1 christos
2247 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64MSB:
2248 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB:
2249 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2250 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2251 1.1 christos break;
2252 1.1 christos
2253 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPMOD22:
2254 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DTPMOD;
2255 1.1 christos break;
2256 1.1 christos
2257 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR22:
2258 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64I:
2259 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR32MSB:
2260 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR32LSB:
2261 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64MSB:
2262 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64LSB:
2263 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FPTR | NEED_GOT | NEED_LTOFF_FPTR;
2264 1.1 christos break;
2265 1.1.1.4 christos
2266 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64I:
2267 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32MSB:
2268 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32LSB:
2269 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64MSB:
2270 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64LSB:
2271 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || h)
2272 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FPTR | NEED_DYNREL;
2273 1.1 christos else
2274 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FPTR;
2275 1.1 christos break;
2276 1.1 christos
2277 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22:
2278 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF64I:
2279 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_GOT;
2280 1.1 christos break;
2281 1.1 christos
2282 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22X:
2283 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_GOTX;
2284 1.1 christos break;
2285 1.1 christos
2286 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF22:
2287 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64I:
2288 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64MSB:
2289 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64LSB:
2290 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_PLTOFF;
2291 1.1 christos if (h)
2292 1.1 christos {
2293 1.1 christos if (maybe_dynamic)
2294 1.1 christos need_entry |= NEED_MIN_PLT;
2295 1.1 christos }
2296 1.1 christos else
2297 1.1 christos {
2298 1.1 christos (*info->callbacks->warning)
2299 1.1.1.6 christos (info, _("@pltoff reloc against local symbol"), 0,
2300 1.1 christos abfd, 0, (bfd_vma) 0);
2301 1.1 christos }
2302 1.1 christos break;
2303 1.1 christos
2304 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21B:
2305 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL60B:
2306 1.1 christos /* Depending on where this symbol is defined, we may or may not
2307 1.1 christos need a full plt entry. Only skip if we know we'll not need
2308 1.1 christos the entry -- static or symbolic, and the symbol definition
2309 1.1 christos has already been seen. */
2310 1.1 christos if (maybe_dynamic && rel->r_addend == 0)
2311 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FULL_PLT;
2312 1.1 christos break;
2313 1.1 christos
2314 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM14:
2315 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM22:
2316 1.1.1.4 christos case R_IA64_IMM64:
2317 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32MSB:
2318 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32LSB:
2319 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64MSB:
2320 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64LSB:
2321 1.1 christos /* Shared objects will always need at least a REL relocation. */
2322 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2323 1.1.1.4 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2324 1.1 christos break;
2325 1.1 christos
2326 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTMSB:
2327 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTLSB:
2328 1.1 christos /* Shared objects will always need at least a REL relocation. */
2329 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2330 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2331 1.1 christos break;
2332 1.1 christos
2333 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL22:
2334 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64I:
2335 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32MSB:
2336 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32LSB:
2337 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64MSB:
2338 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64LSB:
2339 1.1 christos if (maybe_dynamic)
2340 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2341 1.1 christos break;
2342 1.1 christos }
2343 1.1 christos
2344 1.1 christos if (!need_entry)
2345 1.1 christos continue;
2346 1.1 christos
2347 1.1 christos if ((need_entry & NEED_FPTR) != 0
2348 1.1 christos && rel->r_addend)
2349 1.1.1.8 christos {
2350 1.1.1.8 christos (*info->callbacks->warning)
2351 1.1 christos (info, _("non-zero addend in @fptr reloc"), 0,
2352 1.1 christos abfd, 0, (bfd_vma) 0);
2353 1.1 christos }
2354 1.1 christos
2355 1.1 christos if (get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, abfd, rel, true) == NULL)
2356 1.1 christos return false;
2357 1.1 christos }
2358 1.1 christos
2359 1.1 christos /* Now, we only do lookup without insertion, which is very fast
2360 1.1 christos with the modified get_dyn_sym_info. */
2361 1.1 christos for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
2362 1.1 christos {
2363 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
2364 1.1 christos int dynrel_type = R_IA64_NONE;
2365 1.1 christos
2366 1.1 christos r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2367 1.1 christos if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2368 1.1 christos {
2369 1.1 christos /* We're dealing with a global symbol -- find its hash entry
2370 1.1 christos and mark it as being referenced. */
2371 1.1.1.2 christos long indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2372 1.1.1.2 christos h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
2373 1.1 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2374 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2375 1.1 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2376 1.1 christos
2377 1.1 christos /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
2378 1.1 christos object. */
2379 1.1 christos h->ref_regular = 1;
2380 1.1 christos }
2381 1.1 christos else
2382 1.1.1.4 christos h = NULL;
2383 1.1 christos
2384 1.1 christos /* We can only get preliminary data on whether a symbol is
2385 1.1 christos locally or externally defined, as not all of the input files
2386 1.1 christos have yet been processed. Do something with what we know, as
2387 1.1 christos this may help reduce memory usage and processing time later. */
2388 1.1 christos maybe_dynamic = (h && ((!bfd_link_executable (info)
2389 1.1 christos && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
2390 1.1 christos || info->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs == RM_IGNORE))
2391 1.1 christos || !h->def_regular
2392 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
2393 1.1.1.4 christos
2394 1.1 christos need_entry = 0;
2395 1.1 christos switch (ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2396 1.1.1.4 christos {
2397 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64MSB:
2398 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64LSB:
2399 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2400 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2401 1.1 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_TPREL64LSB;
2402 1.1.1.4 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2403 1.1 christos info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
2404 1.1 christos break;
2405 1.1 christos
2406 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_TPREL22:
2407 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_TPREL;
2408 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2409 1.1 christos info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
2410 1.1.1.4 christos break;
2411 1.1 christos
2412 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32MSB:
2413 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
2414 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64MSB:
2415 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
2416 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2417 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2418 1.1 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_DTPRELNNLSB;
2419 1.1 christos break;
2420 1.1 christos
2421 1.1.1.4 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPREL22:
2422 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DTPREL;
2423 1.1 christos break;
2424 1.1 christos
2425 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64MSB:
2426 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB:
2427 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2428 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2429 1.1 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB;
2430 1.1 christos break;
2431 1.1 christos
2432 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPMOD22:
2433 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DTPMOD;
2434 1.1 christos break;
2435 1.1 christos
2436 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR22:
2437 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64I:
2438 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR32MSB:
2439 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR32LSB:
2440 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64MSB:
2441 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64LSB:
2442 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FPTR | NEED_GOT | NEED_LTOFF_FPTR;
2443 1.1 christos break;
2444 1.1.1.4 christos
2445 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64I:
2446 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32MSB:
2447 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32LSB:
2448 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64MSB:
2449 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64LSB:
2450 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || h)
2451 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FPTR | NEED_DYNREL;
2452 1.1 christos else
2453 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FPTR;
2454 1.1 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_FPTRNNLSB;
2455 1.1 christos break;
2456 1.1 christos
2457 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22:
2458 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF64I:
2459 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_GOT;
2460 1.1 christos break;
2461 1.1 christos
2462 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22X:
2463 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_GOTX;
2464 1.1 christos break;
2465 1.1 christos
2466 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF22:
2467 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64I:
2468 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64MSB:
2469 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64LSB:
2470 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_PLTOFF;
2471 1.1 christos if (h)
2472 1.1 christos {
2473 1.1.1.6 christos if (maybe_dynamic)
2474 1.1 christos need_entry |= NEED_MIN_PLT;
2475 1.1 christos }
2476 1.1 christos break;
2477 1.1 christos
2478 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21B:
2479 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL60B:
2480 1.1 christos /* Depending on where this symbol is defined, we may or may not
2481 1.1 christos need a full plt entry. Only skip if we know we'll not need
2482 1.1 christos the entry -- static or symbolic, and the symbol definition
2483 1.1 christos has already been seen. */
2484 1.1 christos if (maybe_dynamic && rel->r_addend == 0)
2485 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_FULL_PLT;
2486 1.1 christos break;
2487 1.1 christos
2488 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM14:
2489 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM22:
2490 1.1.1.4 christos case R_IA64_IMM64:
2491 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32MSB:
2492 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32LSB:
2493 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64MSB:
2494 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64LSB:
2495 1.1 christos /* Shared objects will always need at least a REL relocation. */
2496 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2497 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2498 1.1.1.4 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_DIRNNLSB;
2499 1.1 christos break;
2500 1.1 christos
2501 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTMSB:
2502 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTLSB:
2503 1.1 christos /* Shared objects will always need at least a REL relocation. */
2504 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) || maybe_dynamic)
2505 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2506 1.1 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_IPLTLSB;
2507 1.1 christos break;
2508 1.1 christos
2509 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL22:
2510 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64I:
2511 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32MSB:
2512 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32LSB:
2513 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64MSB:
2514 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64LSB:
2515 1.1 christos if (maybe_dynamic)
2516 1.1 christos need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
2517 1.1 christos dynrel_type = R_IA64_PCRELNNLSB;
2518 1.1.1.8 christos break;
2519 1.1 christos }
2520 1.1 christos
2521 1.1 christos if (!need_entry)
2522 1.1 christos continue;
2523 1.1 christos
2524 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, abfd, rel, false);
2525 1.1 christos
2526 1.1 christos /* Record whether or not this is a local symbol. */
2527 1.1 christos dyn_i->h = h;
2528 1.1 christos
2529 1.1 christos /* Create what's needed. */
2530 1.1 christos if (need_entry & (NEED_GOT | NEED_GOTX | NEED_TPREL
2531 1.1.1.8 christos | NEED_DTPMOD | NEED_DTPREL))
2532 1.1 christos {
2533 1.1 christos if (!got)
2534 1.1 christos {
2535 1.1 christos got = get_got (abfd, info, ia64_info);
2536 1.1 christos if (!got)
2537 1.1 christos return false;
2538 1.1 christos }
2539 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_GOT)
2540 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_got = 1;
2541 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_GOTX)
2542 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_gotx = 1;
2543 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_TPREL)
2544 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_tprel = 1;
2545 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_DTPMOD)
2546 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_dtpmod = 1;
2547 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_DTPREL)
2548 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_dtprel = 1;
2549 1.1 christos }
2550 1.1.1.8 christos if (need_entry & NEED_FPTR)
2551 1.1 christos {
2552 1.1 christos if (!fptr)
2553 1.1 christos {
2554 1.1 christos fptr = get_fptr (abfd, info, ia64_info);
2555 1.1 christos if (!fptr)
2556 1.1.1.4 christos return false;
2557 1.1 christos }
2558 1.1 christos
2559 1.1 christos /* FPTRs for shared libraries are allocated by the dynamic
2560 1.1.1.8 christos linker. Make sure this local symbol will appear in the
2561 1.1 christos dynamic symbol table. */
2562 1.1 christos if (!h && bfd_link_pic (info))
2563 1.1 christos {
2564 1.1 christos if (! (bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol
2565 1.1 christos (info, abfd, (long) r_symndx)))
2566 1.1 christos return false;
2567 1.1 christos }
2568 1.1 christos
2569 1.1.1.6 christos dyn_i->want_fptr = 1;
2570 1.1 christos }
2571 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_LTOFF_FPTR)
2572 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_ltoff_fptr = 1;
2573 1.1 christos if (need_entry & (NEED_MIN_PLT | NEED_FULL_PLT))
2574 1.1 christos {
2575 1.1 christos if (!ia64_info->root.dynobj)
2576 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.dynobj = abfd;
2577 1.1 christos h->needs_plt = 1;
2578 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_plt = 1;
2579 1.1 christos }
2580 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_FULL_PLT)
2581 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_plt2 = 1;
2582 1.1 christos if (need_entry & NEED_PLTOFF)
2583 1.1 christos {
2584 1.1.1.8 christos /* This is needed here, in case @pltoff is used in a non-shared
2585 1.1 christos link. */
2586 1.1 christos if (!pltoff)
2587 1.1 christos {
2588 1.1 christos pltoff = get_pltoff (abfd, info, ia64_info);
2589 1.1 christos if (!pltoff)
2590 1.1 christos return false;
2591 1.1 christos }
2592 1.1 christos
2593 1.1.1.8 christos dyn_i->want_pltoff = 1;
2594 1.1 christos }
2595 1.1.1.8 christos if ((need_entry & NEED_DYNREL) && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC))
2596 1.1 christos {
2597 1.1 christos if (!srel)
2598 1.1 christos {
2599 1.1.1.8 christos srel = get_reloc_section (abfd, ia64_info, sec, true);
2600 1.1 christos if (!srel)
2601 1.1 christos return false;
2602 1.1 christos }
2603 1.1.1.8 christos if (!count_dyn_reloc (abfd, dyn_i, srel, dynrel_type,
2604 1.1 christos (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0))
2605 1.1 christos return false;
2606 1.1 christos }
2607 1.1 christos }
2608 1.1 christos
2609 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
2610 1.1 christos }
2611 1.1 christos
2612 1.1 christos /* For cleanliness, and potentially faster dynamic loading, allocate
2613 1.1 christos external GOT entries first. */
2614 1.1 christos
2615 1.1 christos static bool
2616 1.1 christos allocate_global_data_got (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2617 1.1 christos void * data)
2618 1.1 christos {
2619 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2620 1.1 christos
2621 1.1 christos if ((dyn_i->want_got || dyn_i->want_gotx)
2622 1.1 christos && ! dyn_i->want_fptr
2623 1.1 christos && elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (dyn_i->h, x->info, 0))
2624 1.1 christos {
2625 1.1 christos dyn_i->got_offset = x->ofs;
2626 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2627 1.1 christos }
2628 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_tprel)
2629 1.1 christos {
2630 1.1 christos dyn_i->tprel_offset = x->ofs;
2631 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2632 1.1 christos }
2633 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_dtpmod)
2634 1.1 christos {
2635 1.1 christos if (elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (dyn_i->h, x->info, 0))
2636 1.1 christos {
2637 1.1 christos dyn_i->dtpmod_offset = x->ofs;
2638 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2639 1.1 christos }
2640 1.1.1.8 christos else
2641 1.1 christos {
2642 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
2643 1.1 christos
2644 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (x->info);
2645 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
2646 1.1 christos return false;
2647 1.1 christos
2648 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
2649 1.1 christos {
2650 1.1 christos ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset = x->ofs;
2651 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2652 1.1 christos }
2653 1.1 christos dyn_i->dtpmod_offset = ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset;
2654 1.1 christos }
2655 1.1.1.8 christos }
2656 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_dtprel)
2657 1.1 christos {
2658 1.1 christos dyn_i->dtprel_offset = x->ofs;
2659 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2660 1.1.1.8 christos }
2661 1.1 christos return true;
2662 1.1 christos }
2663 1.1 christos
2664 1.1 christos /* Next, allocate all the GOT entries used by LTOFF_FPTR relocs. */
2665 1.1 christos
2666 1.1 christos static bool
2667 1.1 christos allocate_global_fptr_got (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2668 1.1 christos void * data)
2669 1.1 christos {
2670 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2671 1.1 christos
2672 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_got
2673 1.1.1.8 christos && dyn_i->want_fptr
2674 1.1 christos && elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (dyn_i->h, x->info, R_IA64_FPTRNNLSB))
2675 1.1 christos {
2676 1.1 christos dyn_i->got_offset = x->ofs;
2677 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2678 1.1.1.8 christos }
2679 1.1 christos return true;
2680 1.1 christos }
2681 1.1 christos
2682 1.1 christos /* Lastly, allocate all the GOT entries for local data. */
2683 1.1 christos
2684 1.1 christos static bool
2685 1.1 christos allocate_local_got (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2686 1.1 christos void * data)
2687 1.1 christos {
2688 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2689 1.1 christos
2690 1.1.1.8 christos if ((dyn_i->want_got || dyn_i->want_gotx)
2691 1.1 christos && !elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (dyn_i->h, x->info, 0))
2692 1.1 christos {
2693 1.1 christos dyn_i->got_offset = x->ofs;
2694 1.1 christos x->ofs += 8;
2695 1.1 christos }
2696 1.1 christos return true;
2697 1.1 christos }
2698 1.1 christos
2699 1.1 christos /* Search for the index of a global symbol in it's defining object file. */
2700 1.1 christos
2701 1.1 christos static long
2702 1.1 christos global_sym_index (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2703 1.1 christos {
2704 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry **p;
2705 1.1 christos bfd *obj;
2706 1.1 christos
2707 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2708 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2709 1.1 christos
2710 1.1 christos obj = h->root.u.def.section->owner;
2711 1.1 christos for (p = elf_sym_hashes (obj); *p != h; ++p)
2712 1.1 christos continue;
2713 1.1 christos
2714 1.1.1.8 christos return p - elf_sym_hashes (obj) + elf_tdata (obj)->symtab_hdr.sh_info;
2715 1.1 christos }
2716 1.1 christos
2717 1.1 christos /* Allocate function descriptors. We can do these for every function
2718 1.1 christos in a main executable that is not exported. */
2719 1.1 christos
2720 1.1 christos static bool
2721 1.1 christos allocate_fptr (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i, void * data)
2722 1.1 christos {
2723 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2724 1.1 christos
2725 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_fptr)
2726 1.1 christos {
2727 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = dyn_i->h;
2728 1.1.1.4 christos
2729 1.1 christos if (h)
2730 1.1.1.8 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2731 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2732 1.1 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2733 1.1 christos
2734 1.1 christos if (!bfd_link_executable (x->info)
2735 1.1 christos && (!h
2736 1.1 christos || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2737 1.1 christos || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2738 1.1 christos && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
2739 1.1 christos {
2740 1.1 christos if (h && h->dynindx == -1)
2741 1.1 christos {
2742 1.1.1.8 christos BFD_ASSERT ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
2743 1.1 christos || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
2744 1.1 christos
2745 1.1 christos if (!bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol
2746 1.1 christos (x->info, h->root.u.def.section->owner,
2747 1.1 christos global_sym_index (h)))
2748 1.1 christos return false;
2749 1.1 christos }
2750 1.1 christos
2751 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_fptr = 0;
2752 1.1 christos }
2753 1.1 christos else if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
2754 1.1 christos {
2755 1.1.1.8 christos dyn_i->fptr_offset = x->ofs;
2756 1.1 christos x->ofs += 16;
2757 1.1 christos }
2758 1.1 christos else
2759 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_fptr = 0;
2760 1.1.1.8 christos }
2761 1.1 christos return true;
2762 1.1 christos }
2763 1.1 christos
2764 1.1 christos /* Allocate all the minimal PLT entries. */
2765 1.1 christos
2766 1.1 christos static bool
2767 1.1 christos allocate_plt_entries (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2768 1.1 christos void * data)
2769 1.1 christos {
2770 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2771 1.1 christos
2772 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_plt)
2773 1.1 christos {
2774 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = dyn_i->h;
2775 1.1 christos
2776 1.1 christos if (h)
2777 1.1 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2778 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2779 1.1 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2780 1.1 christos
2781 1.1 christos /* ??? Versioned symbols seem to lose NEEDS_PLT. */
2782 1.1 christos if (elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (h, x->info, 0))
2783 1.1 christos {
2784 1.1 christos bfd_size_type offset = x->ofs;
2785 1.1 christos if (offset == 0)
2786 1.1 christos offset = PLT_HEADER_SIZE;
2787 1.1 christos dyn_i->plt_offset = offset;
2788 1.1 christos x->ofs = offset + PLT_MIN_ENTRY_SIZE;
2789 1.1 christos
2790 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_pltoff = 1;
2791 1.1 christos }
2792 1.1.1.8 christos else
2793 1.1 christos {
2794 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_plt = 0;
2795 1.1 christos dyn_i->want_plt2 = 0;
2796 1.1 christos }
2797 1.1.1.8 christos }
2798 1.1 christos return true;
2799 1.1 christos }
2800 1.1 christos
2801 1.1 christos /* Allocate all the full PLT entries. */
2802 1.1 christos
2803 1.1 christos static bool
2804 1.1 christos allocate_plt2_entries (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2805 1.1 christos void * data)
2806 1.1 christos {
2807 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2808 1.1 christos
2809 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_plt2)
2810 1.1 christos {
2811 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = dyn_i->h;
2812 1.1 christos bfd_size_type ofs = x->ofs;
2813 1.1 christos
2814 1.1 christos dyn_i->plt2_offset = ofs;
2815 1.1 christos x->ofs = ofs + PLT_FULL_ENTRY_SIZE;
2816 1.1.1.8 christos
2817 1.1 christos while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2818 1.1 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2819 1.1 christos h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2820 1.1 christos dyn_i->h->plt.offset = ofs;
2821 1.1 christos }
2822 1.1 christos return true;
2823 1.1 christos }
2824 1.1.1.8 christos
2825 1.1 christos /* Allocate all the PLTOFF entries requested by relocations and
2826 1.1 christos plt entries. We can't share space with allocated FPTR entries,
2827 1.1 christos because the latter are not necessarily addressable by the GP.
2828 1.1 christos ??? Relaxation might be able to determine that they are. */
2829 1.1 christos
2830 1.1 christos static bool
2831 1.1 christos allocate_pltoff_entries (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2832 1.1 christos void * data)
2833 1.1 christos {
2834 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2835 1.1.1.8 christos
2836 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_pltoff)
2837 1.1 christos {
2838 1.1 christos dyn_i->pltoff_offset = x->ofs;
2839 1.1 christos x->ofs += 16;
2840 1.1 christos }
2841 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
2842 1.1 christos }
2843 1.1 christos
2844 1.1 christos /* Allocate dynamic relocations for those symbols that turned out
2845 1.1 christos to be dynamic. */
2846 1.1 christos
2847 1.1 christos static bool
2848 1.1.1.8 christos allocate_dynrel_entries (struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
2849 1.1 christos void * data)
2850 1.1 christos {
2851 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *x = (struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data *)data;
2852 1.1.1.8 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
2853 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_reloc_entry *rent;
2854 1.1 christos bool dynamic_symbol, shared, resolved_zero;
2855 1.1 christos
2856 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (x->info);
2857 1.1.1.4 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
2858 1.1 christos return false;
2859 1.1.1.8 christos
2860 1.1.1.8 christos /* Note that this can't be used in relation to FPTR relocs below. */
2861 1.1 christos dynamic_symbol = elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (dyn_i->h, x->info, 0);
2862 1.1 christos
2863 1.1 christos shared = bfd_link_pic (x->info);
2864 1.1 christos resolved_zero = (dyn_i->h
2865 1.1 christos && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (dyn_i->h->other)
2866 1.1 christos && dyn_i->h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
2867 1.1 christos
2868 1.1 christos /* Take care of the GOT and PLT relocations. */
2869 1.1 christos
2870 1.1 christos if ((!resolved_zero
2871 1.1 christos && (dynamic_symbol || shared)
2872 1.1.1.4 christos && (dyn_i->want_got || dyn_i->want_gotx))
2873 1.1 christos || (dyn_i->want_ltoff_fptr
2874 1.1 christos && dyn_i->h
2875 1.1 christos && dyn_i->h->dynindx != -1))
2876 1.1 christos {
2877 1.1 christos if (!dyn_i->want_ltoff_fptr
2878 1.1 christos || !bfd_link_pie (x->info)
2879 1.1 christos || dyn_i->h == NULL
2880 1.1 christos || dyn_i->h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2881 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2882 1.1 christos }
2883 1.1 christos if ((dynamic_symbol || shared) && dyn_i->want_tprel)
2884 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2885 1.1.1.8 christos if (dynamic_symbol && dyn_i->want_dtpmod)
2886 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2887 1.1 christos if (dynamic_symbol && dyn_i->want_dtprel)
2888 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2889 1.1 christos
2890 1.1 christos if (x->only_got)
2891 1.1 christos return true;
2892 1.1 christos
2893 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec && dyn_i->want_fptr)
2894 1.1 christos {
2895 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->h == NULL || dyn_i->h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2896 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2897 1.1 christos }
2898 1.1 christos
2899 1.1 christos if (!resolved_zero && dyn_i->want_pltoff)
2900 1.1 christos {
2901 1.1 christos bfd_size_type t = 0;
2902 1.1 christos
2903 1.1 christos /* Dynamic symbols get one IPLT relocation. Local symbols in
2904 1.1 christos shared libraries get two REL relocations. Local symbols in
2905 1.1 christos main applications get nothing. */
2906 1.1 christos if (dynamic_symbol)
2907 1.1 christos t = sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2908 1.1 christos else if (shared)
2909 1.1 christos t = 2 * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
2910 1.1 christos
2911 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec->size += t;
2912 1.1 christos }
2913 1.1 christos
2914 1.1 christos /* Take care of the normal data relocations. */
2915 1.1 christos
2916 1.1 christos for (rent = dyn_i->reloc_entries; rent; rent = rent->next)
2917 1.1 christos {
2918 1.1 christos int count = rent->count;
2919 1.1 christos
2920 1.1 christos switch (rent->type)
2921 1.1 christos {
2922 1.1.1.4 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32LSB:
2923 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64LSB:
2924 1.1 christos /* Allocate one iff !want_fptr and not PIE, which by this point
2925 1.1 christos will be true only if we're actually allocating one statically
2926 1.1 christos in the main executable. Position independent executables
2927 1.1 christos need a relative reloc. */
2928 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_fptr && !bfd_link_pie (x->info))
2929 1.1 christos continue;
2930 1.1 christos break;
2931 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32LSB:
2932 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64LSB:
2933 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol)
2934 1.1 christos continue;
2935 1.1 christos break;
2936 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32LSB:
2937 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64LSB:
2938 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol && !shared)
2939 1.1 christos continue;
2940 1.1 christos break;
2941 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTLSB:
2942 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol && !shared)
2943 1.1 christos continue;
2944 1.1 christos /* Use two REL relocations for IPLT relocations
2945 1.1 christos against local symbols. */
2946 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol)
2947 1.1 christos count *= 2;
2948 1.1 christos break;
2949 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
2950 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64LSB:
2951 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
2952 1.1.1.7 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB:
2953 1.1 christos break;
2954 1.1 christos default:
2955 1.1 christos abort ();
2956 1.1.1.8 christos }
2957 1.1 christos if (rent->reltext)
2958 1.1 christos x->info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
2959 1.1.1.8 christos rent->srel->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela) * count;
2960 1.1 christos }
2961 1.1 christos
2962 1.1 christos return true;
2963 1.1 christos }
2964 1.1 christos
2965 1.1 christos static bool
2966 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2967 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2968 1.1 christos {
2969 1.1.1.6 christos /* ??? Undefined symbols with PLT entries should be re-defined
2970 1.1 christos to be the PLT entry. */
2971 1.1.1.6 christos
2972 1.1.1.6 christos /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2973 1.1.1.6 christos processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2974 1.1.1.6 christos real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2975 1.1.1.8 christos if (h->is_weakalias)
2976 1.1 christos {
2977 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
2978 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
2979 1.1 christos h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
2980 1.1 christos h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
2981 1.1 christos return true;
2982 1.1 christos }
2983 1.1 christos
2984 1.1 christos /* If this is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2985 1.1.1.8 christos is not a function, we might allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section
2986 1.1 christos and allocate a COPY dynamic relocation.
2987 1.1 christos
2988 1.1.1.8 christos But IA-64 code is canonically PIC, so as a rule we can avoid this sort
2989 1.1.1.9 christos of hackery. */
2990 1.1.1.9 christos
2991 1.1 christos return true;
2992 1.1 christos }
2993 1.1 christos
2994 1.1 christos static bool
2995 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_late_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2996 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info)
2997 1.1 christos {
2998 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_allocate_data data;
2999 1.1.1.8 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3000 1.1.1.5 christos asection *sec;
3001 1.1.1.9 christos bfd *dynobj;
3002 1.1.1.9 christos
3003 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3004 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3005 1.1 christos return false;
3006 1.1 christos dynobj = ia64_info->root.dynobj;
3007 1.1 christos if (dynobj == NULL)
3008 1.1.1.4 christos return true;
3009 1.1 christos ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3010 1.1 christos data.info = info;
3011 1.1 christos
3012 1.1 christos /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3013 1.1.1.11 christos if (ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created
3014 1.1 christos && bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
3015 1.1 christos {
3016 1.1 christos sec = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3017 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
3018 1.1 christos sec->contents = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3019 1.1 christos sec->alloced = 1;
3020 1.1 christos sec->size = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER) + 1;
3021 1.1 christos }
3022 1.1 christos
3023 1.1 christos /* Allocate the GOT entries. */
3024 1.1 christos
3025 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.sgot)
3026 1.1 christos {
3027 1.1 christos data.ofs = 0;
3028 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_global_data_got, &data);
3029 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_global_fptr_got, &data);
3030 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_local_got, &data);
3031 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.sgot->size = data.ofs;
3032 1.1 christos }
3033 1.1 christos
3034 1.1 christos /* Allocate the FPTR entries. */
3035 1.1 christos
3036 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->fptr_sec)
3037 1.1 christos {
3038 1.1 christos data.ofs = 0;
3039 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_fptr, &data);
3040 1.1 christos ia64_info->fptr_sec->size = data.ofs;
3041 1.1 christos }
3042 1.1 christos
3043 1.1 christos /* Now that we've seen all of the input files, we can decide which
3044 1.1 christos symbols need plt entries. Allocate the minimal PLT entries first.
3045 1.1 christos We do this even though dynamic_sections_created may be FALSE, because
3046 1.1 christos this has the side-effect of clearing want_plt and want_plt2. */
3047 1.1 christos
3048 1.1 christos data.ofs = 0;
3049 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_plt_entries, &data);
3050 1.1 christos
3051 1.1 christos ia64_info->minplt_entries = 0;
3052 1.1 christos if (data.ofs)
3053 1.1 christos {
3054 1.1 christos ia64_info->minplt_entries
3055 1.1 christos = (data.ofs - PLT_HEADER_SIZE) / PLT_MIN_ENTRY_SIZE;
3056 1.1 christos }
3057 1.1 christos
3058 1.1 christos /* Align the pointer for the plt2 entries. */
3059 1.1 christos data.ofs = (data.ofs + 31) & (bfd_vma) -32;
3060 1.1 christos
3061 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_plt2_entries, &data);
3062 1.1 christos if (data.ofs != 0 || ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3063 1.1 christos {
3064 1.1 christos /* FIXME: we always reserve the memory for dynamic linker even if
3065 1.1 christos there are no PLT entries since dynamic linker may assume the
3066 1.1 christos reserved memory always exists. */
3067 1.1 christos
3068 1.1.1.5 christos BFD_ASSERT (ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created);
3069 1.1 christos
3070 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.splt->size = data.ofs;
3071 1.1 christos
3072 1.1 christos /* If we've got a .plt, we need some extra memory for the dynamic
3073 1.1 christos linker. We stuff these in .got.plt. */
3074 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.sgotplt->size = 8 * PLT_RESERVED_WORDS;
3075 1.1 christos }
3076 1.1 christos
3077 1.1 christos /* Allocate the PLTOFF entries. */
3078 1.1 christos
3079 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->pltoff_sec)
3080 1.1 christos {
3081 1.1 christos data.ofs = 0;
3082 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_pltoff_entries, &data);
3083 1.1 christos ia64_info->pltoff_sec->size = data.ofs;
3084 1.1 christos }
3085 1.1.1.4 christos
3086 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3087 1.1.1.8 christos {
3088 1.1 christos /* Allocate space for the dynamic relocations that turned out to be
3089 1.1 christos required. */
3090 1.1 christos
3091 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info) && ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
3092 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
3093 1.1 christos data.only_got = false;
3094 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_traverse (ia64_info, allocate_dynrel_entries, &data);
3095 1.1.1.8 christos }
3096 1.1 christos
3097 1.1 christos /* We have now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3098 1.1 christos Allocate memory for them. */
3099 1.1 christos for (sec = dynobj->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3100 1.1 christos {
3101 1.1 christos bool strip;
3102 1.1 christos
3103 1.1 christos if (!(sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
3104 1.1 christos continue;
3105 1.1 christos
3106 1.1 christos /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the output file.
3107 1.1 christos There were several sections primarily related to dynamic
3108 1.1 christos linking that must be create before the linker maps input
3109 1.1 christos sections to output sections. The linker does that before
3110 1.1 christos bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections is called, and it is that
3111 1.1.1.8 christos function which decides whether anything needs to go into
3112 1.1 christos these sections. */
3113 1.1 christos
3114 1.1 christos strip = (sec->size == 0);
3115 1.1 christos
3116 1.1 christos if (sec == ia64_info->root.sgot)
3117 1.1 christos strip = false;
3118 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->root.srelgot)
3119 1.1 christos {
3120 1.1 christos if (strip)
3121 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot = NULL;
3122 1.1 christos else
3123 1.1 christos /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need to
3124 1.1 christos copy relocs into the output file. */
3125 1.1 christos sec->reloc_count = 0;
3126 1.1 christos }
3127 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->fptr_sec)
3128 1.1 christos {
3129 1.1 christos if (strip)
3130 1.1 christos ia64_info->fptr_sec = NULL;
3131 1.1 christos }
3132 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec)
3133 1.1 christos {
3134 1.1 christos if (strip)
3135 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec = NULL;
3136 1.1 christos else
3137 1.1 christos /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need to
3138 1.1 christos copy relocs into the output file. */
3139 1.1 christos sec->reloc_count = 0;
3140 1.1 christos }
3141 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->root.splt)
3142 1.1 christos {
3143 1.1 christos if (strip)
3144 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.splt = NULL;
3145 1.1 christos }
3146 1.1 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->pltoff_sec)
3147 1.1 christos {
3148 1.1 christos if (strip)
3149 1.1 christos ia64_info->pltoff_sec = NULL;
3150 1.1 christos }
3151 1.1.1.8 christos else if (sec == ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec)
3152 1.1 christos {
3153 1.1 christos if (strip)
3154 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec = NULL;
3155 1.1 christos else
3156 1.1 christos {
3157 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.dt_jmprel_required = true;
3158 1.1 christos /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need to
3159 1.1 christos copy relocs into the output file. */
3160 1.1 christos sec->reloc_count = 0;
3161 1.1 christos }
3162 1.1 christos }
3163 1.1.1.7 christos else
3164 1.1 christos {
3165 1.1 christos const char *name;
3166 1.1.1.8 christos
3167 1.1.1.8 christos /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
3168 1.1 christos of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
3169 1.1 christos name = bfd_section_name (sec);
3170 1.1 christos
3171 1.1 christos if (strcmp (name, ".got.plt") == 0)
3172 1.1 christos strip = false;
3173 1.1 christos else if (startswith (name, ".rel"))
3174 1.1 christos {
3175 1.1 christos if (!strip)
3176 1.1 christos {
3177 1.1 christos /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need to
3178 1.1 christos copy relocs into the output file. */
3179 1.1 christos sec->reloc_count = 0;
3180 1.1 christos }
3181 1.1 christos }
3182 1.1 christos else
3183 1.1 christos continue;
3184 1.1 christos }
3185 1.1 christos
3186 1.1 christos if (strip)
3187 1.1.1.8 christos sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3188 1.1.1.11 christos else
3189 1.1 christos {
3190 1.1 christos /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
3191 1.1 christos sec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, sec->size);
3192 1.1.1.5 christos if (sec->contents == NULL && sec->size != 0)
3193 1.1 christos return false;
3194 1.1 christos sec->alloced = 1;
3195 1.1 christos }
3196 1.1 christos }
3197 1.1 christos
3198 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3199 1.1 christos {
3200 1.1 christos /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the values
3201 1.1.1.8 christos later (in finish_dynamic_sections) but we must add the entries now
3202 1.1.1.8 christos so that we get the correct size for the .dynamic section. */
3203 1.1 christos
3204 1.1.1.7 christos #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3205 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3206 1.1 christos
3207 1.1 christos if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info, true))
3208 1.1 christos return false;
3209 1.1 christos
3210 1.1.1.8 christos if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_IA_64_PLT_RESERVE, 0))
3211 1.1 christos return false;
3212 1.1 christos }
3213 1.1 christos
3214 1.1 christos /* ??? Perhaps force __gp local. */
3215 1.1 christos
3216 1.1 christos return true;
3217 1.1 christos }
3218 1.1 christos
3219 1.1 christos static void
3220 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3221 1.1 christos asection *sec, asection *srel,
3222 1.1 christos bfd_vma offset, unsigned int type,
3223 1.1 christos long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3224 1.1 christos {
3225 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3226 1.1 christos bfd_byte *loc;
3227 1.1 christos
3228 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (dynindx != -1);
3229 1.1 christos outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (dynindx, type);
3230 1.1 christos outrel.r_addend = addend;
3231 1.1 christos outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
3232 1.1 christos if (outrel.r_offset >= (bfd_vma) -2)
3233 1.1 christos {
3234 1.1 christos /* Run for the hills. We shouldn't be outputting a relocation
3235 1.1 christos for this. So do what everyone else does and output a no-op. */
3236 1.1 christos outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_IA64_NONE);
3237 1.1 christos outrel.r_addend = 0;
3238 1.1 christos outrel.r_offset = 0;
3239 1.1 christos }
3240 1.1 christos else
3241 1.1 christos outrel.r_offset += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3242 1.1 christos
3243 1.1 christos loc = srel->contents;
3244 1.1 christos loc += srel->reloc_count++ * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
3245 1.1 christos bfd_elfNN_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
3246 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela) * srel->reloc_count <= srel->size);
3247 1.1 christos }
3248 1.1 christos
3249 1.1 christos /* Store an entry for target address TARGET_ADDR in the linkage table
3250 1.1 christos and return the gp-relative address of the linkage table entry. */
3251 1.1 christos
3252 1.1 christos static bfd_vma
3253 1.1 christos set_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3254 1.1.1.8 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
3255 1.1 christos long dynindx, bfd_vma addend, bfd_vma value,
3256 1.1 christos unsigned int dyn_r_type)
3257 1.1 christos {
3258 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3259 1.1 christos asection *got_sec;
3260 1.1 christos bool done;
3261 1.1 christos bfd_vma got_offset;
3262 1.1 christos
3263 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3264 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3265 1.1 christos return 0;
3266 1.1 christos
3267 1.1.1.8 christos got_sec = ia64_info->root.sgot;
3268 1.1 christos
3269 1.1 christos switch (dyn_r_type)
3270 1.1 christos {
3271 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64LSB:
3272 1.1 christos done = dyn_i->tprel_done;
3273 1.1 christos dyn_i->tprel_done = true;
3274 1.1.1.8 christos got_offset = dyn_i->tprel_offset;
3275 1.1 christos break;
3276 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB:
3277 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->dtpmod_offset != ia64_info->self_dtpmod_offset)
3278 1.1 christos {
3279 1.1.1.8 christos done = dyn_i->dtpmod_done;
3280 1.1 christos dyn_i->dtpmod_done = true;
3281 1.1 christos }
3282 1.1 christos else
3283 1.1 christos {
3284 1.1 christos done = ia64_info->self_dtpmod_done;
3285 1.1 christos ia64_info->self_dtpmod_done = true;
3286 1.1 christos dynindx = 0;
3287 1.1.1.8 christos }
3288 1.1 christos got_offset = dyn_i->dtpmod_offset;
3289 1.1 christos break;
3290 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
3291 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
3292 1.1.1.8 christos done = dyn_i->dtprel_done;
3293 1.1 christos dyn_i->dtprel_done = true;
3294 1.1 christos got_offset = dyn_i->dtprel_offset;
3295 1.1 christos break;
3296 1.1 christos default:
3297 1.1 christos done = dyn_i->got_done;
3298 1.1 christos dyn_i->got_done = true;
3299 1.1 christos got_offset = dyn_i->got_offset;
3300 1.1 christos break;
3301 1.1 christos }
3302 1.1 christos
3303 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT ((got_offset & 7) == 0);
3304 1.1 christos
3305 1.1.1.4 christos if (! done)
3306 1.1 christos {
3307 1.1.1.8 christos /* Store the target address in the linkage table entry. */
3308 1.1 christos bfd_put_64 (abfd, value, got_sec->contents + got_offset);
3309 1.1 christos
3310 1.1 christos /* Install a dynamic relocation if needed. */
3311 1.1.1.6 christos if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
3312 1.1 christos && (!dyn_i->h
3313 1.1 christos || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (dyn_i->h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3314 1.1 christos || dyn_i->h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3315 1.1 christos && dyn_r_type != R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB
3316 1.1.1.4 christos && dyn_r_type != R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB)
3317 1.1 christos || elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (dyn_i->h, info, dyn_r_type)
3318 1.1 christos || (dynindx != -1
3319 1.1 christos && (dyn_r_type == R_IA64_FPTR32LSB
3320 1.1 christos || dyn_r_type == R_IA64_FPTR64LSB)))
3321 1.1 christos && (!dyn_i->want_ltoff_fptr
3322 1.1 christos || !bfd_link_pie (info)
3323 1.1 christos || !dyn_i->h
3324 1.1 christos || dyn_i->h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3325 1.1 christos {
3326 1.1 christos if (dynindx == -1
3327 1.1 christos && dyn_r_type != R_IA64_TPREL64LSB
3328 1.1 christos && dyn_r_type != R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB
3329 1.1 christos && dyn_r_type != R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB
3330 1.1 christos && dyn_r_type != R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB)
3331 1.1 christos {
3332 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_RELNNLSB;
3333 1.1 christos dynindx = 0;
3334 1.1 christos addend = value;
3335 1.1 christos }
3336 1.1 christos
3337 1.1 christos if (bfd_big_endian (abfd))
3338 1.1 christos {
3339 1.1 christos switch (dyn_r_type)
3340 1.1 christos {
3341 1.1 christos case R_IA64_REL32LSB:
3342 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL32MSB;
3343 1.1 christos break;
3344 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32LSB:
3345 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_DIR32MSB;
3346 1.1 christos break;
3347 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32LSB:
3348 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_FPTR32MSB;
3349 1.1 christos break;
3350 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
3351 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_DTPREL32MSB;
3352 1.1 christos break;
3353 1.1 christos case R_IA64_REL64LSB:
3354 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL64MSB;
3355 1.1 christos break;
3356 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64LSB:
3357 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_DIR64MSB;
3358 1.1 christos break;
3359 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64LSB:
3360 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_FPTR64MSB;
3361 1.1 christos break;
3362 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64LSB:
3363 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_TPREL64MSB;
3364 1.1 christos break;
3365 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB:
3366 1.1.1.8 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_DTPMOD64MSB;
3367 1.1 christos break;
3368 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
3369 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_DTPREL64MSB;
3370 1.1 christos break;
3371 1.1 christos default:
3372 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (false);
3373 1.1 christos break;
3374 1.1 christos }
3375 1.1 christos }
3376 1.1 christos
3377 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (abfd, NULL, got_sec,
3378 1.1 christos ia64_info->root.srelgot,
3379 1.1 christos got_offset, dyn_r_type,
3380 1.1 christos dynindx, addend);
3381 1.1 christos }
3382 1.1 christos }
3383 1.1 christos
3384 1.1 christos /* Return the address of the linkage table entry. */
3385 1.1 christos value = (got_sec->output_section->vma
3386 1.1 christos + got_sec->output_offset
3387 1.1 christos + got_offset);
3388 1.1 christos
3389 1.1 christos return value;
3390 1.1 christos }
3391 1.1 christos
3392 1.1 christos /* Fill in a function descriptor consisting of the function's code
3393 1.1 christos address and its global pointer. Return the descriptor's address. */
3394 1.1 christos
3395 1.1 christos static bfd_vma
3396 1.1 christos set_fptr_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3397 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
3398 1.1 christos bfd_vma value)
3399 1.1 christos {
3400 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3401 1.1 christos asection *fptr_sec;
3402 1.1 christos
3403 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3404 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3405 1.1 christos return 0;
3406 1.1 christos
3407 1.1 christos fptr_sec = ia64_info->fptr_sec;
3408 1.1 christos
3409 1.1 christos if (!dyn_i->fptr_done)
3410 1.1 christos {
3411 1.1 christos dyn_i->fptr_done = 1;
3412 1.1 christos
3413 1.1 christos /* Fill in the function descriptor. */
3414 1.1 christos bfd_put_64 (abfd, value, fptr_sec->contents + dyn_i->fptr_offset);
3415 1.1 christos bfd_put_64 (abfd, _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd),
3416 1.1 christos fptr_sec->contents + dyn_i->fptr_offset + 8);
3417 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec)
3418 1.1 christos {
3419 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3420 1.1 christos bfd_byte *loc;
3421 1.1 christos
3422 1.1 christos if (bfd_little_endian (abfd))
3423 1.1 christos outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_IA64_IPLTLSB);
3424 1.1 christos else
3425 1.1 christos outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (0, R_IA64_IPLTMSB);
3426 1.1 christos outrel.r_addend = value;
3427 1.1 christos outrel.r_offset = (fptr_sec->output_section->vma
3428 1.1 christos + fptr_sec->output_offset
3429 1.1 christos + dyn_i->fptr_offset);
3430 1.1 christos loc = ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec->contents;
3431 1.1 christos loc += ia64_info->rel_fptr_sec->reloc_count++
3432 1.1 christos * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela);
3433 1.1 christos bfd_elfNN_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
3434 1.1 christos }
3435 1.1 christos }
3436 1.1 christos
3437 1.1 christos /* Return the descriptor's address. */
3438 1.1 christos value = (fptr_sec->output_section->vma
3439 1.1 christos + fptr_sec->output_offset
3440 1.1 christos + dyn_i->fptr_offset);
3441 1.1 christos
3442 1.1 christos return value;
3443 1.1 christos }
3444 1.1 christos
3445 1.1.1.8 christos /* Fill in a PLTOFF entry consisting of the function's code address
3446 1.1 christos and its global pointer. Return the descriptor's address. */
3447 1.1 christos
3448 1.1 christos static bfd_vma
3449 1.1 christos set_pltoff_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3450 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i,
3451 1.1 christos bfd_vma value, bool is_plt)
3452 1.1 christos {
3453 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3454 1.1 christos asection *pltoff_sec;
3455 1.1 christos
3456 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3457 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3458 1.1 christos return 0;
3459 1.1 christos
3460 1.1 christos pltoff_sec = ia64_info->pltoff_sec;
3461 1.1 christos
3462 1.1 christos /* Don't do anything if this symbol uses a real PLT entry. In
3463 1.1 christos that case, we'll fill this in during finish_dynamic_symbol. */
3464 1.1 christos if ((! dyn_i->want_plt || is_plt)
3465 1.1 christos && !dyn_i->pltoff_done)
3466 1.1 christos {
3467 1.1 christos bfd_vma gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
3468 1.1 christos
3469 1.1.1.4 christos /* Fill in the function descriptor. */
3470 1.1 christos bfd_put_64 (abfd, value, pltoff_sec->contents + dyn_i->pltoff_offset);
3471 1.1.1.8 christos bfd_put_64 (abfd, gp, pltoff_sec->contents + dyn_i->pltoff_offset + 8);
3472 1.1 christos
3473 1.1 christos /* Install dynamic relocations if needed. */
3474 1.1 christos if (!is_plt
3475 1.1 christos && bfd_link_pic (info)
3476 1.1 christos && (!dyn_i->h
3477 1.1 christos || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (dyn_i->h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3478 1.1 christos || dyn_i->h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3479 1.1 christos {
3480 1.1 christos unsigned int dyn_r_type;
3481 1.1 christos
3482 1.1 christos if (bfd_big_endian (abfd))
3483 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_RELNNMSB;
3484 1.1 christos else
3485 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_RELNNLSB;
3486 1.1 christos
3487 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (abfd, NULL, pltoff_sec,
3488 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec,
3489 1.1 christos dyn_i->pltoff_offset,
3490 1.1 christos dyn_r_type, 0, value);
3491 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (abfd, NULL, pltoff_sec,
3492 1.1 christos ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec,
3493 1.1 christos dyn_i->pltoff_offset + ARCH_SIZE / 8,
3494 1.1 christos dyn_r_type, 0, gp);
3495 1.1 christos }
3496 1.1 christos
3497 1.1 christos dyn_i->pltoff_done = 1;
3498 1.1 christos }
3499 1.1 christos
3500 1.1 christos /* Return the descriptor's address. */
3501 1.1 christos value = (pltoff_sec->output_section->vma
3502 1.1 christos + pltoff_sec->output_offset
3503 1.1 christos + dyn_i->pltoff_offset);
3504 1.1 christos
3505 1.1 christos return value;
3506 1.1 christos }
3507 1.1 christos
3508 1.1 christos /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
3509 1.1 christos when resolving @tprel() relocation.
3510 1.1 christos Main program TLS (whose template starts at PT_TLS p_vaddr)
3511 1.1 christos is assigned offset round(2 * size of pointer, PT_TLS p_align). */
3512 1.1 christos
3513 1.1 christos static bfd_vma
3514 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
3515 1.1 christos {
3516 1.1 christos asection *tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec;
3517 1.1 christos return tls_sec->vma - align_power ((bfd_vma) ARCH_SIZE / 4,
3518 1.1 christos tls_sec->alignment_power);
3519 1.1 christos }
3520 1.1 christos
3521 1.1 christos /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
3522 1.1 christos when resolving @dtprel() relocation.
3523 1.1 christos This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
3524 1.1 christos
3525 1.1 christos static bfd_vma
3526 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
3527 1.1 christos {
3528 1.1 christos return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
3529 1.1 christos }
3530 1.1 christos
3531 1.1 christos /* Called through qsort to sort the .IA_64.unwind section during a
3532 1.1 christos non-relocatable link. Set elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare_bfd
3533 1.1 christos to the output bfd so we can do proper endianness frobbing. */
3534 1.1 christos
3535 1.1 christos static bfd *elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare_bfd;
3536 1.1 christos
3537 1.1 christos static int
3538 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare (const void * a, const void * b)
3539 1.1 christos {
3540 1.1 christos bfd_vma av, bv;
3541 1.1 christos
3542 1.1 christos av = bfd_get_64 (elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare_bfd, a);
3543 1.1.1.8 christos bv = bfd_get_64 (elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare_bfd, b);
3544 1.1.1.8 christos
3545 1.1 christos return (av < bv ? -1 : av > bv ? 1 : 0);
3546 1.1 christos }
3547 1.1 christos
3548 1.1 christos /* Make sure we've got ourselves a nice fat __gp value. */
3549 1.1 christos static bool
3550 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_choose_gp (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bool final)
3551 1.1 christos {
3552 1.1 christos bfd_vma min_vma = (bfd_vma) -1, max_vma = 0;
3553 1.1 christos bfd_vma min_short_vma = min_vma, max_short_vma = 0;
3554 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *gp;
3555 1.1.1.8 christos bfd_vma gp_val;
3556 1.1 christos asection *os;
3557 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3558 1.1 christos
3559 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3560 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3561 1.1 christos return false;
3562 1.1 christos
3563 1.1 christos /* Find the min and max vma of all sections marked short. Also collect
3564 1.1 christos min and max vma of any type, for use in selecting a nice gp. */
3565 1.1 christos for (os = abfd->sections; os ; os = os->next)
3566 1.1 christos {
3567 1.1 christos bfd_vma lo, hi;
3568 1.1 christos
3569 1.1 christos if ((os->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
3570 1.1 christos continue;
3571 1.1 christos
3572 1.1 christos lo = os->vma;
3573 1.1 christos /* When this function is called from elfNN_ia64_final_link
3574 1.1 christos the correct value to use is os->size. When called from
3575 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_relax_section we are in the middle of section
3576 1.1 christos sizing; some sections will already have os->size set, others
3577 1.1 christos will have os->size zero and os->rawsize the previous size. */
3578 1.1 christos hi = os->vma + (!final && os->rawsize ? os->rawsize : os->size);
3579 1.1 christos if (hi < lo)
3580 1.1 christos hi = (bfd_vma) -1;
3581 1.1 christos
3582 1.1 christos if (min_vma > lo)
3583 1.1 christos min_vma = lo;
3584 1.1 christos if (max_vma < hi)
3585 1.1 christos max_vma = hi;
3586 1.1 christos if (os->flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
3587 1.1 christos {
3588 1.1 christos if (min_short_vma > lo)
3589 1.1 christos min_short_vma = lo;
3590 1.1 christos if (max_short_vma < hi)
3591 1.1 christos max_short_vma = hi;
3592 1.1 christos }
3593 1.1 christos }
3594 1.1 christos
3595 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->min_short_sec)
3596 1.1 christos {
3597 1.1 christos if (min_short_vma
3598 1.1 christos > (ia64_info->min_short_sec->vma
3599 1.1 christos + ia64_info->min_short_offset))
3600 1.1 christos min_short_vma = (ia64_info->min_short_sec->vma
3601 1.1 christos + ia64_info->min_short_offset);
3602 1.1 christos if (max_short_vma
3603 1.1 christos < (ia64_info->max_short_sec->vma
3604 1.1.1.8 christos + ia64_info->max_short_offset))
3605 1.1.1.8 christos max_short_vma = (ia64_info->max_short_sec->vma
3606 1.1 christos + ia64_info->max_short_offset);
3607 1.1 christos }
3608 1.1 christos
3609 1.1 christos /* See if the user wants to force a value. */
3610 1.1 christos gp = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__gp", false,
3611 1.1 christos false, false);
3612 1.1 christos
3613 1.1 christos if (gp
3614 1.1 christos && (gp->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3615 1.1 christos || gp->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3616 1.1 christos {
3617 1.1 christos asection *gp_sec = gp->root.u.def.section;
3618 1.1 christos gp_val = (gp->root.u.def.value
3619 1.1 christos + gp_sec->output_section->vma
3620 1.1 christos + gp_sec->output_offset);
3621 1.1 christos }
3622 1.1 christos else
3623 1.1 christos {
3624 1.1 christos /* Pick a sensible value. */
3625 1.1 christos
3626 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->min_short_sec)
3627 1.1 christos {
3628 1.1 christos bfd_vma short_range = max_short_vma - min_short_vma;
3629 1.1 christos
3630 1.1 christos /* If min_short_sec is set, pick one in the middle bewteen
3631 1.1 christos min_short_vma and max_short_vma. */
3632 1.1 christos if (short_range >= 0x400000)
3633 1.1 christos goto overflow;
3634 1.1 christos gp_val = min_short_vma + short_range / 2;
3635 1.1 christos }
3636 1.1 christos else
3637 1.1 christos {
3638 1.1 christos asection *got_sec = ia64_info->root.sgot;
3639 1.1 christos
3640 1.1 christos /* Start with just the address of the .got. */
3641 1.1 christos if (got_sec)
3642 1.1 christos gp_val = got_sec->output_section->vma;
3643 1.1 christos else if (max_short_vma != 0)
3644 1.1 christos gp_val = min_short_vma;
3645 1.1 christos else if (max_vma - min_vma < 0x200000)
3646 1.1 christos gp_val = min_vma;
3647 1.1 christos else
3648 1.1 christos gp_val = max_vma - 0x200000 + 8;
3649 1.1 christos }
3650 1.1 christos
3651 1.1 christos /* If it is possible to address the entire image, but we
3652 1.1 christos don't with the choice above, adjust. */
3653 1.1 christos if (max_vma - min_vma < 0x400000
3654 1.1 christos && (max_vma - gp_val >= 0x200000
3655 1.1 christos || gp_val - min_vma > 0x200000))
3656 1.1 christos gp_val = min_vma + 0x200000;
3657 1.1 christos else if (max_short_vma != 0)
3658 1.1 christos {
3659 1.1 christos /* If we don't cover all the short data, adjust. */
3660 1.1 christos if (max_short_vma - gp_val >= 0x200000)
3661 1.1 christos gp_val = min_short_vma + 0x200000;
3662 1.1 christos
3663 1.1 christos /* If we're addressing stuff past the end, adjust back. */
3664 1.1 christos if (gp_val > max_vma)
3665 1.1 christos gp_val = max_vma - 0x200000 + 8;
3666 1.1 christos }
3667 1.1 christos }
3668 1.1 christos
3669 1.1 christos /* Validate whether all SHF_IA_64_SHORT sections are within
3670 1.1.1.7 christos range of the chosen GP. */
3671 1.1.1.5 christos
3672 1.1.1.5 christos if (max_short_vma != 0)
3673 1.1.1.6 christos {
3674 1.1.1.6 christos if (max_short_vma - min_short_vma >= 0x400000)
3675 1.1.1.8 christos {
3676 1.1 christos overflow:
3677 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
3678 1.1 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3679 1.1 christos (_("%pB: short data segment overflowed (%#" PRIx64 " >= 0x400000)"),
3680 1.1 christos abfd, (uint64_t) (max_short_vma - min_short_vma));
3681 1.1 christos return false;
3682 1.1.1.5 christos }
3683 1.1.1.6 christos else if ((gp_val > min_short_vma
3684 1.1.1.8 christos && gp_val - min_short_vma > 0x200000)
3685 1.1 christos || (gp_val < max_short_vma
3686 1.1 christos && max_short_vma - gp_val >= 0x200000))
3687 1.1 christos {
3688 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
3689 1.1 christos (_("%pB: __gp does not cover short data segment"), abfd);
3690 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3691 1.1 christos }
3692 1.1 christos }
3693 1.1.1.8 christos
3694 1.1 christos _bfd_set_gp_value (abfd, gp_val);
3695 1.1 christos
3696 1.1 christos return true;
3697 1.1 christos }
3698 1.1 christos
3699 1.1 christos static bool
3700 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3701 1.1.1.8 christos {
3702 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3703 1.1 christos asection *unwind_output_sec;
3704 1.1.1.4 christos
3705 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3706 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3707 1.1 christos return false;
3708 1.1 christos
3709 1.1 christos /* Make sure we've got ourselves a nice fat __gp value. */
3710 1.1 christos if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3711 1.1 christos {
3712 1.1.1.8 christos bfd_vma gp_val;
3713 1.1.1.8 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *gp;
3714 1.1 christos
3715 1.1 christos /* We assume after gp is set, section size will only decrease. We
3716 1.1.1.8 christos need to adjust gp for it. */
3717 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_set_gp_value (abfd, 0);
3718 1.1 christos if (! elfNN_ia64_choose_gp (abfd, info, true))
3719 1.1 christos return false;
3720 1.1 christos gp_val = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
3721 1.1 christos
3722 1.1 christos gp = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__gp", false,
3723 1.1 christos false, false);
3724 1.1 christos if (gp)
3725 1.1 christos {
3726 1.1 christos gp->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
3727 1.1 christos gp->root.u.def.value = gp_val;
3728 1.1 christos gp->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
3729 1.1 christos }
3730 1.1.1.4 christos }
3731 1.1 christos
3732 1.1 christos /* If we're producing a final executable, we need to sort the contents
3733 1.1 christos of the .IA_64.unwind section. Force this section to be relocated
3734 1.1 christos into memory rather than written immediately to the output file. */
3735 1.1 christos unwind_output_sec = NULL;
3736 1.1 christos if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3737 1.1 christos {
3738 1.1 christos asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ELF_STRING_ia64_unwind);
3739 1.1.1.8 christos if (s)
3740 1.1 christos {
3741 1.1 christos unwind_output_sec = s->output_section;
3742 1.1 christos unwind_output_sec->contents
3743 1.1 christos = bfd_malloc (unwind_output_sec->size);
3744 1.1 christos if (unwind_output_sec->contents == NULL)
3745 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3746 1.1 christos }
3747 1.1 christos }
3748 1.1 christos
3749 1.1 christos /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
3750 1.1 christos if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
3751 1.1 christos return false;
3752 1.1 christos
3753 1.1 christos if (unwind_output_sec)
3754 1.1 christos {
3755 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare_bfd = abfd;
3756 1.1 christos qsort (unwind_output_sec->contents,
3757 1.1 christos (size_t) (unwind_output_sec->size / 24),
3758 1.1.1.8 christos 24,
3759 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_unwind_entry_compare);
3760 1.1 christos
3761 1.1.1.8 christos if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, unwind_output_sec,
3762 1.1 christos unwind_output_sec->contents, (bfd_vma) 0,
3763 1.1 christos unwind_output_sec->size))
3764 1.1.1.8 christos return false;
3765 1.1 christos }
3766 1.1 christos
3767 1.1 christos return true;
3768 1.1 christos }
3769 1.1 christos
3770 1.1 christos static int
3771 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
3772 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
3773 1.1 christos bfd *input_bfd,
3774 1.1 christos asection *input_section,
3775 1.1 christos bfd_byte *contents,
3776 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3777 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3778 1.1 christos asection **local_sections)
3779 1.1.1.8 christos {
3780 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
3781 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3782 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
3783 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
3784 1.1 christos asection *srel;
3785 1.1.1.8 christos bool ret_val = true; /* for non-fatal errors */
3786 1.1 christos bfd_vma gp_val;
3787 1.1 christos
3788 1.1.1.4 christos symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3789 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
3790 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
3791 1.1 christos return false;
3792 1.1 christos
3793 1.1 christos /* Infect various flags from the input section to the output section. */
3794 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3795 1.1 christos {
3796 1.1 christos bfd_vma flags;
3797 1.1 christos
3798 1.1 christos flags = elf_section_data(input_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags;
3799 1.1 christos flags &= SHF_IA_64_NORECOV;
3800 1.1.1.8 christos
3801 1.1 christos elf_section_data(input_section->output_section)
3802 1.1 christos ->this_hdr.sh_flags |= flags;
3803 1.1 christos }
3804 1.1 christos
3805 1.1 christos gp_val = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
3806 1.1 christos srel = get_reloc_section (input_bfd, ia64_info, input_section, false);
3807 1.1 christos
3808 1.1 christos rel = relocs;
3809 1.1 christos relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3810 1.1 christos for (; rel < relend; ++rel)
3811 1.1 christos {
3812 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3813 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
3814 1.1 christos bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3815 1.1 christos reloc_howto_type *howto;
3816 1.1.1.8 christos unsigned long r_symndx;
3817 1.1.1.8 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3818 1.1 christos unsigned int r_type;
3819 1.1 christos bfd_vma value;
3820 1.1 christos asection *sym_sec;
3821 1.1 christos bfd_byte *hit_addr;
3822 1.1.1.6 christos bool dynamic_symbol_p;
3823 1.1.1.6 christos bool undef_weak_ref;
3824 1.1.1.6 christos
3825 1.1 christos r_type = ELFNN_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3826 1.1.1.8 christos if (r_type > R_IA64_MAX_RELOC_CODE)
3827 1.1 christos {
3828 1.1 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3829 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
3830 1.1 christos input_bfd, (int) r_type);
3831 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3832 1.1.1.6 christos ret_val = false;
3833 1.1.1.8 christos continue;
3834 1.1.1.6 christos }
3835 1.1.1.6 christos
3836 1.1.1.7 christos howto = ia64_elf_lookup_howto (r_type);
3837 1.1 christos if (howto == NULL)
3838 1.1 christos {
3839 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
3840 1.1 christos continue;
3841 1.1.1.8 christos }
3842 1.1 christos
3843 1.1 christos r_symndx = ELFNN_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3844 1.1 christos h = NULL;
3845 1.1 christos sym = NULL;
3846 1.1 christos sym_sec = NULL;
3847 1.1 christos undef_weak_ref = false;
3848 1.1 christos
3849 1.1 christos if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3850 1.1 christos {
3851 1.1.1.4 christos /* Reloc against local symbol. */
3852 1.1 christos asection *msec;
3853 1.1 christos sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3854 1.1 christos sym_sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3855 1.1 christos msec = sym_sec;
3856 1.1 christos value = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, rel);
3857 1.1 christos if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
3858 1.1.1.8 christos && (sym_sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
3859 1.1 christos && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
3860 1.1 christos && sym_sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
3861 1.1 christos {
3862 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_local_hash_entry *loc_h;
3863 1.1 christos
3864 1.1 christos loc_h = get_local_sym_hash (ia64_info, input_bfd, rel, false);
3865 1.1 christos if (loc_h && ! loc_h->sec_merge_done)
3866 1.1 christos {
3867 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dynent;
3868 1.1 christos unsigned int count;
3869 1.1 christos
3870 1.1 christos for (count = loc_h->count, dynent = loc_h->info;
3871 1.1 christos count != 0;
3872 1.1 christos count--, dynent++)
3873 1.1 christos {
3874 1.1 christos msec = sym_sec;
3875 1.1 christos dynent->addend =
3876 1.1 christos _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd, &msec,
3877 1.1 christos elf_section_data (msec)->
3878 1.1 christos sec_info,
3879 1.1 christos sym->st_value
3880 1.1 christos + dynent->addend);
3881 1.1 christos dynent->addend -= sym->st_value;
3882 1.1 christos dynent->addend += msec->output_section->vma
3883 1.1 christos + msec->output_offset
3884 1.1 christos - sym_sec->output_section->vma
3885 1.1 christos - sym_sec->output_offset;
3886 1.1 christos }
3887 1.1 christos
3888 1.1 christos /* We may have introduced duplicated entries. We need
3889 1.1 christos to remove them properly. */
3890 1.1 christos count = sort_dyn_sym_info (loc_h->info, loc_h->count);
3891 1.1 christos if (count != loc_h->count)
3892 1.1 christos {
3893 1.1 christos loc_h->count = count;
3894 1.1 christos loc_h->sorted_count = count;
3895 1.1 christos }
3896 1.1 christos
3897 1.1.1.8 christos loc_h->sec_merge_done = 1;
3898 1.1.1.8 christos }
3899 1.1 christos }
3900 1.1 christos }
3901 1.1 christos else
3902 1.1 christos {
3903 1.1 christos bool unresolved_reloc;
3904 1.1.1.2 christos bool warned, ignored;
3905 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3906 1.1 christos
3907 1.1.1.8 christos RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
3908 1.1.1.4 christos r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
3909 1.1 christos h, sym_sec, value,
3910 1.1 christos unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
3911 1.1 christos
3912 1.1 christos if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3913 1.1 christos undef_weak_ref = true;
3914 1.1.1.11 christos else if (warned || (ignored && bfd_link_executable (info)))
3915 1.1.1.11 christos continue;
3916 1.1 christos }
3917 1.1.1.4 christos
3918 1.1 christos if (sym_sec != NULL && discarded_section (sym_sec))
3919 1.1 christos RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
3920 1.1 christos rel, 1, relend, R_IA64_NONE,
3921 1.1 christos howto, 0, contents);
3922 1.1 christos
3923 1.1 christos if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3924 1.1 christos continue;
3925 1.1 christos
3926 1.1 christos hit_addr = contents + rel->r_offset;
3927 1.1 christos value += rel->r_addend;
3928 1.1 christos dynamic_symbol_p = elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (h, info, r_type);
3929 1.1 christos
3930 1.1 christos switch (r_type)
3931 1.1 christos {
3932 1.1 christos case R_IA64_NONE:
3933 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LDXMOV:
3934 1.1 christos continue;
3935 1.1 christos
3936 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM14:
3937 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM22:
3938 1.1.1.4 christos case R_IA64_IMM64:
3939 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32MSB:
3940 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32LSB:
3941 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64MSB:
3942 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64LSB:
3943 1.1 christos /* Install a dynamic relocation for this reloc. */
3944 1.1 christos if ((dynamic_symbol_p || bfd_link_pic (info))
3945 1.1 christos && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
3946 1.1 christos && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3947 1.1 christos {
3948 1.1 christos unsigned int dyn_r_type;
3949 1.1 christos long dynindx;
3950 1.1 christos bfd_vma addend;
3951 1.1 christos
3952 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
3953 1.1 christos
3954 1.1 christos switch (r_type)
3955 1.1.1.5 christos {
3956 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_IMM14:
3957 1.1.1.6 christos case R_IA64_IMM22:
3958 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IMM64:
3959 1.1 christos /* ??? People shouldn't be doing non-pic code in
3960 1.1 christos shared libraries nor dynamic executables. */
3961 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
3962 1.1.1.8 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3963 1.1 christos (_("%pB: non-pic code with imm relocation against dynamic symbol `%s'"),
3964 1.1 christos input_bfd,
3965 1.1 christos h ? h->root.root.string
3966 1.1 christos : bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
3967 1.1 christos sym_sec));
3968 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
3969 1.1 christos continue;
3970 1.1 christos
3971 1.1 christos default:
3972 1.1 christos break;
3973 1.1 christos }
3974 1.1 christos
3975 1.1 christos /* If we don't need dynamic symbol lookup, find a
3976 1.1 christos matching RELATIVE relocation. */
3977 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = r_type;
3978 1.1 christos if (dynamic_symbol_p)
3979 1.1 christos {
3980 1.1 christos dynindx = h->dynindx;
3981 1.1 christos addend = rel->r_addend;
3982 1.1 christos value = 0;
3983 1.1 christos }
3984 1.1 christos else
3985 1.1 christos {
3986 1.1 christos switch (r_type)
3987 1.1 christos {
3988 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32MSB:
3989 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL32MSB;
3990 1.1 christos break;
3991 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR32LSB:
3992 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL32LSB;
3993 1.1 christos break;
3994 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64MSB:
3995 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL64MSB;
3996 1.1 christos break;
3997 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DIR64LSB:
3998 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL64LSB;
3999 1.1 christos break;
4000 1.1 christos
4001 1.1 christos default:
4002 1.1 christos break;
4003 1.1 christos }
4004 1.1 christos dynindx = 0;
4005 1.1 christos addend = value;
4006 1.1 christos }
4007 1.1 christos
4008 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4009 1.1 christos srel, rel->r_offset, dyn_r_type,
4010 1.1 christos dynindx, addend);
4011 1.1 christos }
4012 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
4013 1.1 christos
4014 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTV32MSB:
4015 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTV32LSB:
4016 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTV64MSB:
4017 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTV64LSB:
4018 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4019 1.1 christos break;
4020 1.1 christos
4021 1.1 christos case R_IA64_GPREL22:
4022 1.1 christos case R_IA64_GPREL64I:
4023 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_GPREL32MSB:
4024 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_GPREL32LSB:
4025 1.1.1.6 christos case R_IA64_GPREL64MSB:
4026 1.1 christos case R_IA64_GPREL64LSB:
4027 1.1 christos if (dynamic_symbol_p)
4028 1.1 christos {
4029 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4030 1.1.1.8 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4031 1.1 christos (_("%pB: @gprel relocation against dynamic symbol %s"),
4032 1.1 christos input_bfd,
4033 1.1 christos h ? h->root.root.string
4034 1.1 christos : bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
4035 1.1 christos sym_sec));
4036 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
4037 1.1 christos continue;
4038 1.1 christos }
4039 1.1 christos value -= gp_val;
4040 1.1.1.8 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4041 1.1 christos break;
4042 1.1 christos
4043 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22:
4044 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF22X:
4045 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF64I:
4046 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, input_bfd, rel, false);
4047 1.1 christos value = set_got_entry (input_bfd, info, dyn_i, (h ? h->dynindx : -1),
4048 1.1 christos rel->r_addend, value, R_IA64_DIRNNLSB);
4049 1.1 christos value -= gp_val;
4050 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4051 1.1.1.8 christos break;
4052 1.1.1.8 christos
4053 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF22:
4054 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64I:
4055 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64MSB:
4056 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PLTOFF64LSB:
4057 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, input_bfd, rel, false);
4058 1.1 christos value = set_pltoff_entry (output_bfd, info, dyn_i, value, false);
4059 1.1 christos value -= gp_val;
4060 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4061 1.1 christos break;
4062 1.1.1.8 christos
4063 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64I:
4064 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32MSB:
4065 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR32LSB:
4066 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64MSB:
4067 1.1 christos case R_IA64_FPTR64LSB:
4068 1.1.1.4 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, input_bfd, rel, false);
4069 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_fptr)
4070 1.1 christos {
4071 1.1 christos if (!undef_weak_ref)
4072 1.1 christos value = set_fptr_entry (output_bfd, info, dyn_i, value);
4073 1.1 christos }
4074 1.1 christos if (!dyn_i->want_fptr || bfd_link_pie (info))
4075 1.1 christos {
4076 1.1 christos long dynindx;
4077 1.1 christos unsigned int dyn_r_type = r_type;
4078 1.1 christos bfd_vma addend = rel->r_addend;
4079 1.1 christos
4080 1.1 christos /* Otherwise, we expect the dynamic linker to create
4081 1.1 christos the entry. */
4082 1.1 christos
4083 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_fptr)
4084 1.1 christos {
4085 1.1 christos if (r_type == R_IA64_FPTR64I)
4086 1.1 christos {
4087 1.1.1.5 christos /* We can't represent this without a dynamic symbol.
4088 1.1.1.6 christos Adjust the relocation to be against an output
4089 1.1 christos section symbol, which are always present in the
4090 1.1.1.8 christos dynamic symbol table. */
4091 1.1 christos /* ??? People shouldn't be doing non-pic code in
4092 1.1 christos shared libraries. Hork. */
4093 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4094 1.1 christos (_("%pB: linking non-pic code in a position independent executable"),
4095 1.1 christos input_bfd);
4096 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
4097 1.1 christos continue;
4098 1.1 christos }
4099 1.1 christos dynindx = 0;
4100 1.1 christos addend = value;
4101 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = r_type + R_IA64_RELNNLSB - R_IA64_FPTRNNLSB;
4102 1.1 christos }
4103 1.1 christos else if (h)
4104 1.1 christos {
4105 1.1 christos if (h->dynindx != -1)
4106 1.1 christos dynindx = h->dynindx;
4107 1.1 christos else
4108 1.1 christos dynindx = (_bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx
4109 1.1 christos (info, h->root.u.def.section->owner,
4110 1.1 christos global_sym_index (h)));
4111 1.1 christos value = 0;
4112 1.1 christos }
4113 1.1 christos else
4114 1.1 christos {
4115 1.1 christos dynindx = (_bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx
4116 1.1 christos (info, input_bfd, (long) r_symndx));
4117 1.1 christos value = 0;
4118 1.1 christos }
4119 1.1 christos
4120 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4121 1.1 christos srel, rel->r_offset, dyn_r_type,
4122 1.1 christos dynindx, addend);
4123 1.1 christos }
4124 1.1 christos
4125 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4126 1.1 christos break;
4127 1.1 christos
4128 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR22:
4129 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64I:
4130 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR32MSB:
4131 1.1.1.8 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR32LSB:
4132 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64MSB:
4133 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_FPTR64LSB:
4134 1.1 christos {
4135 1.1.1.6 christos long dynindx;
4136 1.1.1.6 christos
4137 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, input_bfd, rel, false);
4138 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_fptr)
4139 1.1 christos {
4140 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1);
4141 1.1.1.6 christos if (!undef_weak_ref)
4142 1.1 christos value = set_fptr_entry (output_bfd, info, dyn_i, value);
4143 1.1.1.6 christos dynindx = -1;
4144 1.1 christos }
4145 1.1 christos else
4146 1.1 christos {
4147 1.1 christos /* Otherwise, we expect the dynamic linker to create
4148 1.1 christos the entry. */
4149 1.1 christos if (h)
4150 1.1 christos {
4151 1.1 christos if (h->dynindx != -1)
4152 1.1 christos dynindx = h->dynindx;
4153 1.1 christos else
4154 1.1 christos dynindx = (_bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx
4155 1.1 christos (info, h->root.u.def.section->owner,
4156 1.1 christos global_sym_index (h)));
4157 1.1 christos }
4158 1.1 christos else
4159 1.1 christos dynindx = (_bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx
4160 1.1 christos (info, input_bfd, (long) r_symndx));
4161 1.1 christos value = 0;
4162 1.1 christos }
4163 1.1 christos
4164 1.1 christos value = set_got_entry (output_bfd, info, dyn_i, dynindx,
4165 1.1 christos rel->r_addend, value, R_IA64_FPTRNNLSB);
4166 1.1 christos value -= gp_val;
4167 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4168 1.1 christos }
4169 1.1 christos break;
4170 1.1 christos
4171 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32MSB:
4172 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL32LSB:
4173 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64MSB:
4174 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64LSB:
4175 1.1 christos /* Install a dynamic relocation for this reloc. */
4176 1.1 christos if (dynamic_symbol_p && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
4177 1.1 christos {
4178 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4179 1.1 christos
4180 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4181 1.1 christos srel, rel->r_offset, r_type,
4182 1.1 christos h->dynindx, rel->r_addend);
4183 1.1 christos }
4184 1.1 christos goto finish_pcrel;
4185 1.1.1.8 christos
4186 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21B:
4187 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL60B:
4188 1.1 christos /* We should have created a PLT entry for any dynamic symbol. */
4189 1.1 christos dyn_i = NULL;
4190 1.1 christos if (h)
4191 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, NULL, NULL, false);
4192 1.1 christos
4193 1.1 christos if (dyn_i && dyn_i->want_plt2)
4194 1.1 christos {
4195 1.1 christos /* Should have caught this earlier. */
4196 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_addend == 0);
4197 1.1 christos
4198 1.1 christos value = (ia64_info->root.splt->output_section->vma
4199 1.1 christos + ia64_info->root.splt->output_offset
4200 1.1 christos + dyn_i->plt2_offset);
4201 1.1 christos }
4202 1.1 christos else
4203 1.1 christos {
4204 1.1 christos /* Since there's no PLT entry, Validate that this is
4205 1.1 christos locally defined. */
4206 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (undef_weak_ref || sym_sec->output_section != NULL);
4207 1.1 christos
4208 1.1 christos /* If the symbol is undef_weak, we shouldn't be trying
4209 1.1 christos to call it. There's every chance that we'd wind up
4210 1.1 christos with an out-of-range fixup here. Don't bother setting
4211 1.1 christos any value at all. */
4212 1.1 christos if (undef_weak_ref)
4213 1.1 christos continue;
4214 1.1 christos }
4215 1.1 christos goto finish_pcrel;
4216 1.1 christos
4217 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21BI:
4218 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21F:
4219 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21M:
4220 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL22:
4221 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL64I:
4222 1.1 christos /* The PCREL21BI reloc is specifically not intended for use with
4223 1.1 christos dynamic relocs. PCREL21F and PCREL21M are used for speculation
4224 1.1 christos fixup code, and thus probably ought not be dynamic. The
4225 1.1.1.5 christos PCREL22 and PCREL64I relocs aren't emitted as dynamic relocs. */
4226 1.1.1.6 christos if (dynamic_symbol_p)
4227 1.1 christos {
4228 1.1.1.5 christos const char *msg;
4229 1.1.1.6 christos
4230 1.1 christos if (r_type == R_IA64_PCREL21BI)
4231 1.1.1.5 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4232 1.1.1.6 christos msg = _("%pB: @internal branch to dynamic symbol %s");
4233 1.1.1.5 christos else if (r_type == R_IA64_PCREL21F || r_type == R_IA64_PCREL21M)
4234 1.1.1.5 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4235 1.1.1.5 christos msg = _("%pB: speculation fixup to dynamic symbol %s");
4236 1.1.1.5 christos else
4237 1.1.1.5 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4238 1.1.1.5 christos msg = _("%pB: @pcrel relocation against dynamic symbol %s");
4239 1.1.1.8 christos _bfd_error_handler (msg, input_bfd,
4240 1.1 christos h ? h->root.root.string
4241 1.1 christos : bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd,
4242 1.1 christos symtab_hdr,
4243 1.1 christos sym,
4244 1.1 christos sym_sec));
4245 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
4246 1.1 christos continue;
4247 1.1 christos }
4248 1.1 christos goto finish_pcrel;
4249 1.1 christos
4250 1.1 christos finish_pcrel:
4251 1.1 christos /* Make pc-relative. */
4252 1.1 christos value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
4253 1.1 christos + input_section->output_offset
4254 1.1 christos + rel->r_offset) & ~ (bfd_vma) 0x3;
4255 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4256 1.1 christos break;
4257 1.1 christos
4258 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SEGREL32MSB:
4259 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SEGREL32LSB:
4260 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SEGREL64MSB:
4261 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SEGREL64LSB:
4262 1.1 christos {
4263 1.1 christos /* Find the segment that contains the output_section. */
4264 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section
4265 1.1 christos (output_bfd, input_section->output_section);
4266 1.1 christos
4267 1.1 christos if (p == NULL)
4268 1.1 christos {
4269 1.1 christos r = bfd_reloc_notsupported;
4270 1.1 christos }
4271 1.1 christos else
4272 1.1 christos {
4273 1.1 christos /* The VMA of the segment is the vaddr of the associated
4274 1.1 christos program header. */
4275 1.1 christos if (value > p->p_vaddr)
4276 1.1 christos value -= p->p_vaddr;
4277 1.1 christos else
4278 1.1 christos value = 0;
4279 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4280 1.1 christos }
4281 1.1 christos break;
4282 1.1 christos }
4283 1.1 christos
4284 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SECREL32MSB:
4285 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SECREL32LSB:
4286 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SECREL64MSB:
4287 1.1 christos case R_IA64_SECREL64LSB:
4288 1.1 christos /* Make output-section relative to section where the symbol
4289 1.1 christos is defined. PR 475 */
4290 1.1 christos if (sym_sec)
4291 1.1 christos value -= sym_sec->output_section->vma;
4292 1.1.1.4 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4293 1.1 christos break;
4294 1.1 christos
4295 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTMSB:
4296 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTLSB:
4297 1.1 christos /* Install a dynamic relocation for this reloc. */
4298 1.1 christos if ((dynamic_symbol_p || bfd_link_pic (info))
4299 1.1 christos && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4300 1.1 christos {
4301 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4302 1.1 christos
4303 1.1 christos /* If we don't need dynamic symbol lookup, install two
4304 1.1 christos RELATIVE relocations. */
4305 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol_p)
4306 1.1 christos {
4307 1.1 christos unsigned int dyn_r_type;
4308 1.1 christos
4309 1.1 christos if (r_type == R_IA64_IPLTMSB)
4310 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL64MSB;
4311 1.1 christos else
4312 1.1 christos dyn_r_type = R_IA64_REL64LSB;
4313 1.1 christos
4314 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, info,
4315 1.1 christos input_section,
4316 1.1 christos srel, rel->r_offset,
4317 1.1 christos dyn_r_type, 0, value);
4318 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, info,
4319 1.1 christos input_section,
4320 1.1 christos srel, rel->r_offset + 8,
4321 1.1 christos dyn_r_type, 0, gp_val);
4322 1.1 christos }
4323 1.1 christos else
4324 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_install_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4325 1.1 christos srel, rel->r_offset, r_type,
4326 1.1 christos h->dynindx, rel->r_addend);
4327 1.1 christos }
4328 1.1 christos
4329 1.1 christos if (r_type == R_IA64_IPLTMSB)
4330 1.1 christos r_type = R_IA64_DIR64MSB;
4331 1.1 christos else
4332 1.1 christos r_type = R_IA64_DIR64LSB;
4333 1.1 christos ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4334 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr + 8, gp_val, r_type);
4335 1.1 christos break;
4336 1.1 christos
4337 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL14:
4338 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL22:
4339 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64I:
4340 1.1 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
4341 1.1 christos goto missing_tls_sec;
4342 1.1 christos value -= elfNN_ia64_tprel_base (info);
4343 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4344 1.1 christos break;
4345 1.1 christos
4346 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL14:
4347 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL22:
4348 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64I:
4349 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
4350 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32MSB:
4351 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
4352 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64MSB:
4353 1.1 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
4354 1.1 christos goto missing_tls_sec;
4355 1.1 christos value -= elfNN_ia64_dtprel_base (info);
4356 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4357 1.1 christos break;
4358 1.1 christos
4359 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_TPREL22:
4360 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPMOD22:
4361 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPREL22:
4362 1.1 christos {
4363 1.1 christos int got_r_type;
4364 1.1 christos long dynindx = h ? h->dynindx : -1;
4365 1.1 christos bfd_vma r_addend = rel->r_addend;
4366 1.1 christos
4367 1.1 christos switch (r_type)
4368 1.1 christos {
4369 1.1.1.4 christos default:
4370 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_TPREL22:
4371 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol_p)
4372 1.1 christos {
4373 1.1 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
4374 1.1 christos goto missing_tls_sec;
4375 1.1 christos if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4376 1.1 christos value -= elfNN_ia64_tprel_base (info);
4377 1.1 christos else
4378 1.1 christos {
4379 1.1 christos r_addend += value - elfNN_ia64_dtprel_base (info);
4380 1.1.1.4 christos dynindx = 0;
4381 1.1 christos }
4382 1.1 christos }
4383 1.1 christos got_r_type = R_IA64_TPREL64LSB;
4384 1.1 christos break;
4385 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPMOD22:
4386 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
4387 1.1 christos value = 1;
4388 1.1 christos got_r_type = R_IA64_DTPMOD64LSB;
4389 1.1 christos break;
4390 1.1 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPREL22:
4391 1.1 christos if (!dynamic_symbol_p)
4392 1.1 christos {
4393 1.1 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
4394 1.1.1.8 christos goto missing_tls_sec;
4395 1.1 christos value -= elfNN_ia64_dtprel_base (info);
4396 1.1 christos }
4397 1.1 christos got_r_type = R_IA64_DTPRELNNLSB;
4398 1.1 christos break;
4399 1.1 christos }
4400 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, input_bfd, rel, false);
4401 1.1 christos value = set_got_entry (input_bfd, info, dyn_i, dynindx, r_addend,
4402 1.1 christos value, got_r_type);
4403 1.1 christos value -= gp_val;
4404 1.1 christos r = ia64_elf_install_value (hit_addr, value, r_type);
4405 1.1 christos }
4406 1.1 christos break;
4407 1.1 christos
4408 1.1 christos default:
4409 1.1 christos r = bfd_reloc_notsupported;
4410 1.1 christos break;
4411 1.1 christos }
4412 1.1 christos
4413 1.1 christos switch (r)
4414 1.1 christos {
4415 1.1 christos case bfd_reloc_ok:
4416 1.1 christos break;
4417 1.1 christos
4418 1.1.1.8 christos case bfd_reloc_undefined:
4419 1.1 christos /* This can happen for global table relative relocs if
4420 1.1 christos __gp is undefined. This is a panic situation so we
4421 1.1 christos don't try to continue. */
4422 1.1 christos (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
4423 1.1 christos (info, "__gp", input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 1);
4424 1.1 christos return false;
4425 1.1 christos
4426 1.1 christos case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
4427 1.1 christos {
4428 1.1 christos const char *name;
4429 1.1.1.4 christos
4430 1.1.1.4 christos if (h)
4431 1.1.1.4 christos name = h->root.root.string;
4432 1.1.1.8 christos else
4433 1.1 christos name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
4434 1.1 christos sym_sec);
4435 1.1 christos (*info->callbacks->warning) (info, _("unsupported reloc"),
4436 1.1 christos name, input_bfd,
4437 1.1 christos input_section, rel->r_offset);
4438 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
4439 1.1 christos }
4440 1.1.1.7 christos break;
4441 1.1 christos
4442 1.1 christos case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
4443 1.1 christos case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
4444 1.1 christos case bfd_reloc_overflow:
4445 1.1 christos default:
4446 1.1 christos missing_tls_sec:
4447 1.1 christos {
4448 1.1 christos const char *name;
4449 1.1 christos
4450 1.1 christos if (h)
4451 1.1 christos name = h->root.root.string;
4452 1.1 christos else
4453 1.1 christos name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
4454 1.1 christos sym_sec);
4455 1.1 christos
4456 1.1 christos switch (r_type)
4457 1.1 christos {
4458 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL14:
4459 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL22:
4460 1.1 christos case R_IA64_TPREL64I:
4461 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL14:
4462 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL22:
4463 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64I:
4464 1.1 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32LSB:
4465 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL32MSB:
4466 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64LSB:
4467 1.1.1.6 christos case R_IA64_DTPREL64MSB:
4468 1.1.1.6 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_TPREL22:
4469 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPMOD22:
4470 1.1.1.6 christos case R_IA64_LTOFF_DTPREL22:
4471 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4472 1.1 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4473 1.1 christos (_("%pB: missing TLS section for relocation %s against `%s'"
4474 1.1 christos " at %#" PRIx64 " in section `%pA'."),
4475 1.1 christos input_bfd, howto->name, name,
4476 1.1 christos (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, input_section);
4477 1.1 christos break;
4478 1.1 christos
4479 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21B:
4480 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21BI:
4481 1.1 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21M:
4482 1.1.1.5 christos case R_IA64_PCREL21F:
4483 1.1.1.5 christos if (is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
4484 1.1.1.6 christos {
4485 1.1.1.6 christos /* Relaxtion is always performed for ELF output.
4486 1.1.1.6 christos Overflow failures for those relocations mean
4487 1.1.1.6 christos that the section is too big to relax. */
4488 1.1.1.6 christos _bfd_error_handler
4489 1.1 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
4490 1.1 christos (_("%pB: Can't relax br (%s) to `%s' at %#" PRIx64
4491 1.1.1.5 christos " in section `%pA' with size %#" PRIx64
4492 1.1 christos " (> 0x1000000)."),
4493 1.1.1.4 christos input_bfd, howto->name, name, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
4494 1.1.1.4 christos input_section, (uint64_t) input_section->size);
4495 1.1.1.4 christos break;
4496 1.1.1.4 christos }
4497 1.1.1.4 christos /* Fall through. */
4498 1.1.1.4 christos default:
4499 1.1.1.4 christos (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) (info,
4500 1.1.1.4 christos &h->root,
4501 1.1 christos name,
4502 1.1 christos howto->name,
4503 1.1 christos (bfd_vma) 0,
4504 1.1.1.8 christos input_bfd,
4505 1.1 christos input_section,
4506 1.1 christos rel->r_offset);
4507 1.1 christos break;
4508 1.1 christos }
4509 1.1 christos
4510 1.1 christos ret_val = false;
4511 1.1 christos }
4512 1.1 christos break;
4513 1.1.1.8 christos }
4514 1.1 christos }
4515 1.1 christos
4516 1.1 christos return ret_val;
4517 1.1 christos }
4518 1.1 christos
4519 1.1 christos static bool
4520 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
4521 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
4522 1.1 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4523 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4524 1.1.1.8 christos {
4525 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
4526 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_dyn_sym_info *dyn_i;
4527 1.1 christos
4528 1.1 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
4529 1.1 christos
4530 1.1 christos dyn_i = get_dyn_sym_info (ia64_info, h, NULL, NULL, false);
4531 1.1 christos
4532 1.1 christos /* Fill in the PLT data, if required. */
4533 1.1 christos if (dyn_i && dyn_i->want_plt)
4534 1.1 christos {
4535 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4536 1.1 christos bfd_byte *loc;
4537 1.1 christos asection *plt_sec;
4538 1.1 christos bfd_vma plt_addr, pltoff_addr, gp_val, plt_index;
4539 1.1 christos
4540 1.1 christos gp_val = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
4541 1.1 christos
4542 1.1 christos /* Initialize the minimal PLT entry. */
4543 1.1 christos
4544 1.1 christos plt_index = (dyn_i->plt_offset - PLT_HEADER_SIZE) / PLT_MIN_ENTRY_SIZE;
4545 1.1 christos plt_sec = ia64_info->root.splt;
4546 1.1 christos loc = plt_sec->contents + dyn_i->plt_offset;
4547 1.1 christos
4548 1.1 christos memcpy (loc, plt_min_entry, PLT_MIN_ENTRY_SIZE);
4549 1.1.1.8 christos ia64_elf_install_value (loc, plt_index, R_IA64_IMM22);
4550 1.1 christos ia64_elf_install_value (loc+2, -dyn_i->plt_offset, R_IA64_PCREL21B);
4551 1.1 christos
4552 1.1 christos plt_addr = (plt_sec->output_section->vma
4553 1.1 christos + plt_sec->output_offset
4554 1.1 christos + dyn_i->plt_offset);
4555 1.1 christos pltoff_addr = set_pltoff_entry (output_bfd, info, dyn_i, plt_addr, true);
4556 1.1 christos
4557 1.1 christos /* Initialize the FULL PLT entry, if needed. */
4558 1.1 christos if (dyn_i->want_plt2)
4559 1.1 christos {
4560 1.1 christos loc = plt_sec->contents + dyn_i->plt2_offset;
4561 1.1 christos
4562 1.1 christos memcpy (loc, plt_full_entry, PLT_FULL_ENTRY_SIZE);
4563 1.1 christos ia64_elf_install_value (loc, pltoff_addr - gp_val, R_IA64_IMM22);
4564 1.1 christos
4565 1.1 christos /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in the
4566 1.1 christos plt section. Leave the value alone. */
4567 1.1 christos /* ??? We didn't redefine it in adjust_dynamic_symbol in the
4568 1.1 christos first place. But perhaps elflink.c did some for us. */
4569 1.1 christos if (!h->def_regular)
4570 1.1 christos sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
4571 1.1 christos }
4572 1.1 christos
4573 1.1 christos /* Create the dynamic relocation. */
4574 1.1 christos outrel.r_offset = pltoff_addr;
4575 1.1 christos if (bfd_little_endian (output_bfd))
4576 1.1 christos outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_IA64_IPLTLSB);
4577 1.1 christos else
4578 1.1 christos outrel.r_info = ELFNN_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_IA64_IPLTMSB);
4579 1.1 christos outrel.r_addend = 0;
4580 1.1 christos
4581 1.1 christos /* This is fun. In the .IA_64.pltoff section, we've got entries
4582 1.1 christos that correspond both to real PLT entries, and those that
4583 1.1 christos happened to resolve to local symbols but need to be created
4584 1.1 christos to satisfy @pltoff relocations. The .rela.IA_64.pltoff
4585 1.1 christos relocations for the real PLT should come at the end of the
4586 1.1 christos section, so that they can be indexed by plt entry at runtime.
4587 1.1 christos
4588 1.1 christos We emitted all of the relocations for the non-PLT @pltoff
4589 1.1 christos entries during relocate_section. So we can consider the
4590 1.1 christos existing sec->reloc_count to be the base of the array of
4591 1.1 christos PLT relocations. */
4592 1.1 christos
4593 1.1 christos loc = ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec->contents;
4594 1.1 christos loc += ((ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec->reloc_count + plt_index)
4595 1.1 christos * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela));
4596 1.1 christos bfd_elfNN_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4597 1.1 christos }
4598 1.1 christos
4599 1.1.1.8 christos /* Mark some specially defined symbols as absolute. */
4600 1.1 christos if (h == ia64_info->root.hdynamic
4601 1.1 christos || h == ia64_info->root.hgot
4602 1.1.1.8 christos || h == ia64_info->root.hplt)
4603 1.1 christos sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
4604 1.1 christos
4605 1.1 christos return true;
4606 1.1 christos }
4607 1.1 christos
4608 1.1 christos static bool
4609 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd,
4610 1.1 christos struct bfd_link_info *info)
4611 1.1.1.8 christos {
4612 1.1 christos struct elfNN_ia64_link_hash_table *ia64_info;
4613 1.1 christos bfd *dynobj;
4614 1.1 christos
4615 1.1.1.5 christos ia64_info = elfNN_ia64_hash_table (info);
4616 1.1 christos if (ia64_info == NULL)
4617 1.1 christos return false;
4618 1.1 christos
4619 1.1 christos dynobj = ia64_info->root.dynobj;
4620 1.1 christos
4621 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.dynamic_sections_created)
4622 1.1.1.5 christos {
4623 1.1 christos ElfNN_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
4624 1.1 christos asection *sdyn, *sgotplt;
4625 1.1 christos bfd_vma gp_val;
4626 1.1 christos
4627 1.1 christos sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
4628 1.1 christos sgotplt = ia64_info->root.sgotplt;
4629 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
4630 1.1 christos dyncon = (ElfNN_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
4631 1.1 christos dynconend = (ElfNN_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
4632 1.1 christos
4633 1.1 christos gp_val = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
4634 1.1 christos
4635 1.1 christos for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
4636 1.1 christos {
4637 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
4638 1.1 christos
4639 1.1 christos bfd_elfNN_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
4640 1.1 christos
4641 1.1 christos switch (dyn.d_tag)
4642 1.1 christos {
4643 1.1 christos case DT_PLTGOT:
4644 1.1 christos dyn.d_un.d_ptr = gp_val;
4645 1.1 christos break;
4646 1.1 christos
4647 1.1 christos case DT_PLTRELSZ:
4648 1.1 christos dyn.d_un.d_val = (ia64_info->minplt_entries
4649 1.1 christos * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela));
4650 1.1 christos break;
4651 1.1 christos
4652 1.1 christos case DT_JMPREL:
4653 1.1 christos /* See the comment above in finish_dynamic_symbol. */
4654 1.1 christos dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec->output_section->vma
4655 1.1 christos + ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec->output_offset
4656 1.1 christos + (ia64_info->rel_pltoff_sec->reloc_count
4657 1.1 christos * sizeof (ElfNN_External_Rela)));
4658 1.1 christos break;
4659 1.1 christos
4660 1.1 christos case DT_IA_64_PLT_RESERVE:
4661 1.1 christos dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
4662 1.1 christos + sgotplt->output_offset);
4663 1.1 christos break;
4664 1.1 christos }
4665 1.1 christos
4666 1.1 christos bfd_elfNN_swap_dyn_out (abfd, &dyn, dyncon);
4667 1.1 christos }
4668 1.1 christos
4669 1.1 christos /* Initialize the PLT0 entry. */
4670 1.1 christos if (ia64_info->root.splt)
4671 1.1 christos {
4672 1.1 christos bfd_byte *loc = ia64_info->root.splt->contents;
4673 1.1 christos bfd_vma pltres;
4674 1.1 christos
4675 1.1 christos memcpy (loc, plt_header, PLT_HEADER_SIZE);
4676 1.1 christos
4677 1.1 christos pltres = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
4678 1.1 christos + sgotplt->output_offset
4679 1.1.1.8 christos - gp_val);
4680 1.1 christos
4681 1.1 christos ia64_elf_install_value (loc+1, pltres, R_IA64_GPREL22);
4682 1.1 christos }
4683 1.1 christos }
4684 1.1 christos
4685 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
4686 1.1 christos }
4687 1.1 christos
4688 1.1 christos /* ELF file flag handling: */
4690 1.1 christos
4691 1.1 christos /* Function to keep IA-64 specific file flags. */
4692 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
4693 1.1.1.8 christos elfNN_ia64_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
4694 1.1 christos {
4695 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
4696 1.1 christos || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
4697 1.1 christos
4698 1.1.1.7 christos elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
4699 1.1.1.8 christos elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
4700 1.1.1.5 christos return true;
4701 1.1 christos }
4702 1.1.1.5 christos
4703 1.1 christos /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
4704 1.1 christos object file when linking. */
4705 1.1.1.8 christos
4706 1.1 christos static bool
4707 1.1.1.7 christos elfNN_ia64_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4708 1.1.1.7 christos {
4709 1.1.1.8 christos bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
4710 1.1.1.7 christos flagword out_flags;
4711 1.1.1.7 christos flagword in_flags;
4712 1.1.1.8 christos bool ok = true;
4713 1.1 christos
4714 1.1 christos /* FIXME: What should be checked when linking shared libraries? */
4715 1.1 christos if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4716 1.1 christos return true;
4717 1.1 christos
4718 1.1 christos if (!is_ia64_elf (ibfd) || !is_ia64_elf (obfd))
4719 1.1.1.8 christos return true;
4720 1.1 christos
4721 1.1 christos in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
4722 1.1 christos out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
4723 1.1 christos
4724 1.1 christos if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
4725 1.1 christos {
4726 1.1 christos elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
4727 1.1 christos elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = in_flags;
4728 1.1 christos
4729 1.1.1.8 christos if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
4730 1.1 christos && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
4731 1.1 christos {
4732 1.1 christos return bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
4733 1.1 christos bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
4734 1.1.1.8 christos }
4735 1.1 christos
4736 1.1 christos return true;
4737 1.1 christos }
4738 1.1 christos
4739 1.1 christos /* Check flag compatibility. */
4740 1.1 christos if (in_flags == out_flags)
4741 1.1 christos return true;
4742 1.1.1.5 christos
4743 1.1.1.6 christos /* Output has EF_IA_64_REDUCEDFP set only if all inputs have it set. */
4744 1.1 christos if (!(in_flags & EF_IA_64_REDUCEDFP) && (out_flags & EF_IA_64_REDUCEDFP))
4745 1.1 christos elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_IA_64_REDUCEDFP;
4746 1.1 christos
4747 1.1.1.8 christos if ((in_flags & EF_IA_64_TRAPNIL) != (out_flags & EF_IA_64_TRAPNIL))
4748 1.1 christos {
4749 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4750 1.1 christos (_("%pB: linking trap-on-NULL-dereference with non-trapping files"),
4751 1.1.1.5 christos ibfd);
4752 1.1.1.6 christos
4753 1.1 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4754 1.1 christos ok = false;
4755 1.1 christos }
4756 1.1.1.8 christos if ((in_flags & EF_IA_64_BE) != (out_flags & EF_IA_64_BE))
4757 1.1 christos {
4758 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4759 1.1 christos (_("%pB: linking big-endian files with little-endian files"),
4760 1.1.1.5 christos ibfd);
4761 1.1.1.6 christos
4762 1.1 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4763 1.1 christos ok = false;
4764 1.1 christos }
4765 1.1.1.8 christos if ((in_flags & EF_IA_64_ABI64) != (out_flags & EF_IA_64_ABI64))
4766 1.1 christos {
4767 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4768 1.1 christos (_("%pB: linking 64-bit files with 32-bit files"),
4769 1.1.1.5 christos ibfd);
4770 1.1.1.6 christos
4771 1.1 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4772 1.1 christos ok = false;
4773 1.1 christos }
4774 1.1.1.8 christos if ((in_flags & EF_IA_64_CONS_GP) != (out_flags & EF_IA_64_CONS_GP))
4775 1.1 christos {
4776 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4777 1.1 christos (_("%pB: linking constant-gp files with non-constant-gp files"),
4778 1.1 christos ibfd);
4779 1.1.1.5 christos
4780 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4781 1.1 christos ok = false;
4782 1.1 christos }
4783 1.1 christos if ((in_flags & EF_IA_64_NOFUNCDESC_CONS_GP)
4784 1.1.1.8 christos != (out_flags & EF_IA_64_NOFUNCDESC_CONS_GP))
4785 1.1 christos {
4786 1.1 christos _bfd_error_handler
4787 1.1 christos (_("%pB: linking auto-pic files with non-auto-pic files"),
4788 1.1 christos ibfd);
4789 1.1 christos
4790 1.1.1.8 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4791 1.1 christos ok = false;
4792 1.1 christos }
4793 1.1 christos
4794 1.1 christos return ok;
4795 1.1 christos }
4796 1.1 christos
4797 1.1 christos static bool
4798 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
4799 1.1 christos {
4800 1.1 christos FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
4801 1.1 christos flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
4802 1.1 christos
4803 1.1 christos BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
4804 1.1 christos
4805 1.1 christos fprintf (file, "private flags = %s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s\n",
4806 1.1 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_TRAPNIL) ? "TRAPNIL, " : "",
4807 1.1 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_EXT) ? "EXT, " : "",
4808 1.1 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_BE) ? "BE, " : "LE, ",
4809 1.1.1.8 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_REDUCEDFP) ? "REDUCEDFP, " : "",
4810 1.1 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_CONS_GP) ? "CONS_GP, " : "",
4811 1.1 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_NOFUNCDESC_CONS_GP) ? "NOFUNCDESC_CONS_GP, " : "",
4812 1.1 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_ABSOLUTE) ? "ABSOLUTE, " : "",
4813 1.1.1.2 christos (flags & EF_IA_64_ABI64) ? "ABI64" : "ABI32");
4814 1.1.1.2 christos
4815 1.1.1.2 christos _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
4816 1.1 christos return true;
4817 1.1 christos }
4818 1.1 christos
4819 1.1 christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
4820 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4821 1.1 christos const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4822 1.1 christos const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
4823 1.1 christos {
4824 1.1 christos switch ((int) ELFNN_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
4825 1.1 christos {
4826 1.1 christos case R_IA64_REL32MSB:
4827 1.1 christos case R_IA64_REL32LSB:
4828 1.1 christos case R_IA64_REL64MSB:
4829 1.1 christos case R_IA64_REL64LSB:
4830 1.1 christos return reloc_class_relative;
4831 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTMSB:
4832 1.1 christos case R_IA64_IPLTLSB:
4833 1.1 christos return reloc_class_plt;
4834 1.1 christos case R_IA64_COPY:
4835 1.1 christos return reloc_class_copy;
4836 1.1.1.6 christos default:
4837 1.1 christos return reloc_class_normal;
4838 1.1.1.6 christos }
4839 1.1 christos }
4840 1.1 christos
4841 1.1.1.8 christos static const struct bfd_elf_special_section elfNN_ia64_special_sections[] =
4842 1.1 christos {
4843 1.1 christos { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -1, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_IA_64_SHORT },
4844 1.1 christos { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_IA_64_SHORT },
4845 1.1 christos { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
4846 1.1 christos };
4847 1.1 christos
4848 1.1 christos static bool
4849 1.1.1.7 christos elfNN_ia64_object_p (bfd *abfd)
4850 1.1 christos {
4851 1.1 christos asection *sec;
4852 1.1.1.8 christos asection *group, *unwi, *unw;
4853 1.1 christos flagword flags;
4854 1.1 christos const char *name;
4855 1.1 christos char *unwi_name, *unw_name;
4856 1.1 christos size_t amt;
4857 1.1 christos
4858 1.1 christos if (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC)
4859 1.1 christos return true;
4860 1.1 christos
4861 1.1 christos /* Flags for fake group section. */
4862 1.1 christos flags = (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINK_ONCE
4863 1.1 christos | SEC_EXCLUDE);
4864 1.1 christos
4865 1.1.1.8 christos /* We add a fake section group for each .gnu.linkonce.t.* section,
4866 1.1 christos which isn't in a section group, and its unwind sections. */
4867 1.1 christos for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4868 1.1 christos {
4869 1.1 christos if (elf_sec_group (sec) == NULL
4870 1.1 christos && ((sec->flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_CODE | SEC_GROUP))
4871 1.1 christos == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_CODE))
4872 1.1.1.8 christos && startswith (sec->name, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
4873 1.1 christos {
4874 1.1 christos name = sec->name + 16;
4875 1.1 christos
4876 1.1 christos amt = strlen (name) + sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.ia64unwi.");
4877 1.1 christos unwi_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4878 1.1 christos if (!unwi_name)
4879 1.1 christos return false;
4880 1.1.1.8 christos
4881 1.1 christos strcpy (stpcpy (unwi_name, ".gnu.linkonce.ia64unwi."), name);
4882 1.1 christos unwi = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, unwi_name);
4883 1.1 christos
4884 1.1 christos amt = strlen (name) + sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.ia64unw.");
4885 1.1 christos unw_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4886 1.1 christos if (!unw_name)
4887 1.1 christos return false;
4888 1.1 christos
4889 1.1 christos strcpy (stpcpy (unw_name, ".gnu.linkonce.ia64unw."), name);
4890 1.1.1.8 christos unw = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, unw_name);
4891 1.1 christos
4892 1.1 christos /* We need to create a fake group section for it and its
4893 1.1 christos unwind sections. */
4894 1.1 christos group = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name,
4895 1.1 christos flags);
4896 1.1 christos if (group == NULL)
4897 1.1 christos return false;
4898 1.1 christos
4899 1.1 christos /* Move the fake group section to the beginning. */
4900 1.1 christos bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, group);
4901 1.1 christos bfd_section_list_prepend (abfd, group);
4902 1.1 christos
4903 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (group) = sec;
4904 1.1 christos
4905 1.1 christos elf_group_name (sec) = name;
4906 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (sec) = sec;
4907 1.1 christos elf_sec_group (sec) = group;
4908 1.1 christos
4909 1.1 christos if (unwi)
4910 1.1 christos {
4911 1.1 christos elf_group_name (unwi) = name;
4912 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (unwi) = sec;
4913 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (sec) = unwi;
4914 1.1 christos elf_sec_group (unwi) = group;
4915 1.1 christos }
4916 1.1 christos
4917 1.1 christos if (unw)
4918 1.1 christos {
4919 1.1 christos elf_group_name (unw) = name;
4920 1.1 christos if (unwi)
4921 1.1 christos {
4922 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (unw) = elf_next_in_group (unwi);
4923 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (unwi) = unw;
4924 1.1 christos }
4925 1.1 christos else
4926 1.1 christos {
4927 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (unw) = sec;
4928 1.1 christos elf_next_in_group (sec) = unw;
4929 1.1 christos }
4930 1.1 christos elf_sec_group (unw) = group;
4931 1.1.1.8 christos }
4932 1.1 christos
4933 1.1 christos /* Fake SHT_GROUP section header. */
4934 1.1.1.8 christos elf_section_data (group)->this_hdr.bfd_section = group;
4935 1.1 christos elf_section_data (group)->this_hdr.sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
4936 1.1 christos }
4937 1.1.1.3 christos }
4938 1.1.1.3 christos return true;
4939 1.1 christos }
4940 1.1 christos
4941 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
4942 1.1.1.7 christos elfNN_ia64_hpux_vec (const bfd_target *vec)
4943 1.1 christos {
4944 1.1.1.7 christos extern const bfd_target ia64_elfNN_hpux_be_vec;
4945 1.1 christos return (vec == &ia64_elfNN_hpux_be_vec);
4946 1.1.1.7 christos }
4947 1.1.1.8 christos
4948 1.1.1.7 christos static bool
4949 1.1.1.7 christos elfNN_hpux_init_file_header (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4950 1.1 christos {
4951 1.1 christos Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4952 1.1.1.8 christos
4953 1.1 christos if (!_bfd_elf_init_file_header (abfd, info))
4954 1.1 christos return false;
4955 1.1.1.8 christos
4956 1.1 christos i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4957 1.1 christos i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
4958 1.1 christos i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
4959 1.1 christos return true;
4960 1.1 christos }
4961 1.1 christos
4962 1.1.1.8 christos static bool
4963 1.1 christos elfNN_hpux_backend_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4964 1.1.1.8 christos asection *sec, int *retval)
4965 1.1 christos {
4966 1.1 christos if (bfd_is_com_section (sec))
4967 1.1 christos {
4968 1.1 christos *retval = SHN_IA_64_ANSI_COMMON;
4969 1.1 christos return true;
4970 1.1 christos }
4971 1.1 christos return false;
4972 1.1 christos }
4973 1.1 christos
4974 1.1 christos static void
4975 1.1 christos elfNN_hpux_backend_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4976 1.1 christos asymbol *asym)
4977 1.1 christos {
4978 1.1 christos elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
4979 1.1 christos
4980 1.1 christos switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
4981 1.1 christos {
4982 1.1.1.7 christos case SHN_IA_64_ANSI_COMMON:
4983 1.1.1.7 christos asym->section = bfd_com_section_ptr;
4984 1.1.1.7 christos asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
4985 1.1.1.7 christos asym->flags &= ~BSF_GLOBAL;
4986 1.1.1.7 christos break;
4987 1.1 christos }
4988 1.1.1.3 christos }
4989 1.1 christos
4990 1.1.1.3 christos static void
4991 1.1 christos ignore_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, ...)
4992 1.1 christos {
4993 1.1 christos }
4994 1.1 christos
4995 1.1 christos #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM ia64_elfNN_le_vec
4997 1.1 christos #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elfNN-ia64-little"
4998 1.1 christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM ia64_elfNN_be_vec
4999 1.1 christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elfNN-ia64-big"
5000 1.1 christos #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_ia64
5001 1.1 christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID IA64_ELF_DATA
5002 1.1 christos #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_IA_64
5003 1.1 christos #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 1999 /* EAS2.3 */
5004 1.1 christos #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 1998 /* EAS2.2 */
5005 1.1 christos #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 /* 64KB */
5006 1.1 christos #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x4000 /* 16KB */
5007 1.1 christos
5008 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr \
5009 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_section_from_shdr
5010 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_section_flags \
5011 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_section_flags
5012 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_fake_sections \
5013 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_fake_sections
5014 1.1.1.7 christos #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
5015 1.1.1.7 christos elfNN_ia64_final_write_processing
5016 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
5017 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_add_symbol_hook
5018 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers \
5019 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_additional_program_headers
5020 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map \
5021 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_modify_segment_map
5022 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_modify_headers \
5023 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_modify_headers
5024 1.1 christos #define elf_info_to_howto \
5025 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_info_to_howto
5026 1.1 christos
5027 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_reloc_type_lookup \
5028 1.1 christos ia64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
5029 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
5030 1.1 christos ia64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
5031 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_is_local_label_name \
5032 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_is_local_label_name
5033 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_relax_section \
5034 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_relax_section
5035 1.1 christos
5036 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_object_p \
5037 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_object_p
5038 1.1 christos
5039 1.1 christos /* Stuff for the BFD linker: */
5040 1.1.1.9 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
5041 1.1.1.9 christos elfNN_ia64_hash_table_create
5042 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
5043 1.1.1.6 christos elfNN_ia64_create_dynamic_sections
5044 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_check_relocs \
5045 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_check_relocs
5046 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
5047 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_adjust_dynamic_symbol
5048 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_late_size_sections \
5049 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_late_size_sections
5050 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \
5051 1.1 christos _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_all
5052 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_relocate_section \
5053 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_relocate_section
5054 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
5055 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_finish_dynamic_symbol
5056 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
5057 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_finish_dynamic_sections
5058 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_final_link \
5059 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_final_link
5060 1.1 christos
5061 1.1.1.6 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
5062 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_merge_private_bfd_data
5063 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_set_private_flags \
5064 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_set_private_flags
5065 1.1 christos #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
5066 1.1 christos elfNN_ia64_print_private_bfd_data
5067 1.1 christos
5068 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
5069 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
5070 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
5071 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 5
5072 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_got_header_size 0
5073 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
5074 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_may_use_rel_p 1
5075 1.1.1.5 christos #define elf_backend_may_use_rela_p 1
5076 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_default_use_rela_p 1
5077 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_want_dynbss 0
5078 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elfNN_ia64_hash_copy_indirect
5079 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_hide_symbol elfNN_ia64_hash_hide_symbol
5080 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_fixup_symbol _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol
5081 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elfNN_ia64_reloc_type_class
5082 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
5083 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
5084 1.1.1.7 christos #define elf_backend_special_sections elfNN_ia64_special_sections
5085 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
5086 1.1 christos
5087 1.1 christos /* FIXME: PR 290: The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
5088 1.1 christos SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or sh_info fields.
5089 1.1 christos We don't want to flood users with so many error messages. We turn
5090 1.1 christos off the warning for now. It will be turned on later when the Intel
5091 1.1 christos compiler is fixed. */
5092 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_link_order_error_handler ignore_errors
5093 1.1.1.6 christos
5094 1.1.1.6 christos #include "elfNN-target.h"
5095 1.1.1.6 christos
5096 1.1 christos /* HPUX-specific vectors. */
5097 1.1 christos
5098 1.1 christos #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
5099 1.1.1.7 christos #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
5100 1.1.1.7 christos #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
5101 1.1 christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM ia64_elfNN_hpux_be_vec
5102 1.1 christos #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
5103 1.1 christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elfNN-ia64-hpux-big"
5104 1.1 christos
5105 1.1 christos /* These are HP-UX specific functions. */
5106 1.1 christos
5107 1.1 christos #undef elf_backend_init_file_header
5108 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_init_file_header elfNN_hpux_init_file_header
5109 1.1 christos
5110 1.1 christos #undef elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
5111 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section elfNN_hpux_backend_section_from_bfd_section
5112 1.1 christos
5113 1.1 christos #undef elf_backend_symbol_processing
5114 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_symbol_processing elfNN_hpux_backend_symbol_processing
5115 1.1 christos
5116 1.1 christos #undef elf_backend_want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5117 1.1 christos #define elf_backend_want_p_paddr_set_to_zero 1
5118 1.1 christos
5119 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
5120 #undef ELF_OSABI
5121 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_HPUX
5122
5123 #undef elfNN_bed
5124 #define elfNN_bed elfNN_ia64_hpux_bed
5125
5126 #include "elfNN-target.h"
5127